|
Monday December 23, 2024
|
|
6:00 AM - 7:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim (Circle Swim)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM
|
Deep Water Aero & 2-3 laps
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Shallow Water Aerobics (NO LAPS)
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 5:00 PM
|
School Vacation Camps - December Vacation Camp
School Vacation Camps
School Vacation Camps are for children in grades K-5 who are residents of South Portland. This program takes place at the South Portland Community Center from 8am to 5pm. Children will enjoy field trips, special events, inside and outside play and arts and crafts. We will also swim in the pool when available. There are no sibling discounts for this program.This camp is priced by the day due to the way the dates fall this year. Min 20/Max 40Children need lunch and two snacks per day. They should also bring a refillable water bottle with them every day as well as a swimsuit/towel and change of clothes. A schedule for the week will be posted at a later date.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
BOOK LENDING LIBRARY - BOOK LENDING LIBRARY
The South Portland Senior Drop- In Center invites Seniors to participate in our brand new lending library! You may bring in no more than four books for others to enjoy. Borrow a book you would like to read and then bring it back to the lending library for someone else to read. The library is located in the first four or five cubbies on your right as you walk into the drop in center. Share in your love of books and reading!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Open Swim w/ Board NO LAPS
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Swim 60+ w/ 3 lap lanes
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Youth Open Gym (Prek-Gr. 12)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - MONDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
HAND & FOOT - HAND & FOOT MONDAYS
Drop in one or two afternoons a week to play Hand & Foot on Mondays & Thursdays in the Senior Drop In Center!
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Vacation Camp
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Baukus- 5/6 boys basketball practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Lee- 5/6 Girls Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
ABF swim club
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shooting Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Parsons 5/6 Rec Girls Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Rip Tide Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
Rip Tide Swim Club is designed for swimmers ages 8 (by the start date) through 14 who are looking to build endurance and improve their stroke technique. this program will provide an introduction to competitive swimming in a fun and relaxed atmosphere. In order to join the RTSC a swimmer must have completed an evaluation and/or have approval from the head coach. Our goal is to inspire a love of the water and foster enjoyment of this life long sport. Please email questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.orgSwimmers who have not been involved with RTSC in the last year must attend the evaluation night or their registration will be removed.WINTER Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Lauze
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Leagues - Monday League - Winter
Adult Basketball League format8 regular season gamesPlayoffs 10 team seeded single elimination.5v5, 1 female and 1 male must be on the court for each teamRoster minimum of 8 players, max of 12 including 1 female and 1 male playerTwo - 20 minute halvesMen shots inside 3 point arc = 1 point, Outside arc = 2 pointsFemale shots inside 3 point arc = 2 points, Outside arc = 3 pointsRules are based off of the MPA rulesParticipants must be at least 18 years old and out of High school.Captains, once you register please email Whitney at wdorsett@southportland.orgwith your team name and roster. She will create your team in MyRec. FREE AGENTS - Please register under whichever night you would like to play. Please select the free agent group. Free agents will be placed on teams on a first come, first served basis. YOU MUST HAVE BOTH YOUR SOPO ACCOUNT GENERAL AND CANCEL EMAIL OPTIONS AT "YES" TO RECEIVE LEAGUE EMAILS.NEWThursday Winter League 2 - EXPRESS(4 weeks of regular season)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Deep Water Aerobics & RT Plus
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rip Tide PLUS Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
RIP TIDE PLUS is for Middle School age swimmers ONLY who can swim roughly 1200 meters per practice. Each practice is made up of roughly 50% conditioning and 50% technique work, so technique should be solid in all four competitive strokes prior to entering this group. Please email any questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.org
ALL Swimmers who did not participate in the RT PLUS program within the last year, must attend an Evaluation Night.SPRING Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:50 PM
|
Lap Swim (close at 8:50pm)
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday December 26, 2024
|
|
6:00 AM - 7:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim (Circle Swim)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM
|
Hydro Fitness & Lap Swim
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Lap Swim + J.A.M.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 5:00 PM
|
School Vacation Camps - December Vacation Camp
School Vacation Camps
School Vacation Camps are for children in grades K-5 who are residents of South Portland. This program takes place at the South Portland Community Center from 8am to 5pm. Children will enjoy field trips, special events, inside and outside play and arts and crafts. We will also swim in the pool when available. There are no sibling discounts for this program.This camp is priced by the day due to the way the dates fall this year. Min 20/Max 40Children need lunch and two snacks per day. They should also bring a refillable water bottle with them every day as well as a swimsuit/towel and change of clothes. A schedule for the week will be posted at a later date.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
CREATE & CHAT - CREATE & CHAT
Do you like to knit, sew, crochet? Do you enjoy watercolor painting? Please bring whatever you are working on and join fellow crafters/knitters/crocheters/painters (anything will do!) as we chat and share our ideas, tips and projects with each other. Stay for the entire time or come and go anytime you please! Bring a cushion!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
BOOK LENDING LIBRARY - BOOK LENDING LIBRARY
The South Portland Senior Drop- In Center invites Seniors to participate in our brand new lending library! You may bring in no more than four books for others to enjoy. Borrow a book you would like to read and then bring it back to the lending library for someone else to read. The library is located in the first four or five cubbies on your right as you walk into the drop in center. Share in your love of books and reading!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
SPHS Swim Club & Open Swim (NO LAPS)
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Swim 60+ w/ 3 lap lanes
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Youth Open Gym (Prek-Gr. 12)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - THURSDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
HAND & FOOT - HAND & FOOT THURSDAYS
Drop in one or two afternoons a week to play Hand & Foot on Mondays & Thursdays in the Senior Drop In Center!
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Vacation Camp
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Gray- 5/6 Boys Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Aloes
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
ABF swim club
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Rec Basketball Practice Lakers- Brown
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Open Swim w/ Board & 2 lap lanes
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Dobson
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Houlette
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Shallow Water Aero + 2-3 Laps
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:50 PM
|
Lap Swim (close at 8:50pm)
|
|
|
|
|
Friday December 27, 2024
|
|
6:00 AM - 7:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim (Circle Swim)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM
|
Deep Water Aero & 2-3 laps
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Shallow Water Aerobics (NO LAPS)
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 5:00 PM
|
School Vacation Camps - December Vacation Camp
School Vacation Camps
School Vacation Camps are for children in grades K-5 who are residents of South Portland. This program takes place at the South Portland Community Center from 8am to 5pm. Children will enjoy field trips, special events, inside and outside play and arts and crafts. We will also swim in the pool when available. There are no sibling discounts for this program.This camp is priced by the day due to the way the dates fall this year. Min 20/Max 40Children need lunch and two snacks per day. They should also bring a refillable water bottle with them every day as well as a swimsuit/towel and change of clothes. A schedule for the week will be posted at a later date.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improvers Pickleball Lessons December Fridays
This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
BOOK LENDING LIBRARY - BOOK LENDING LIBRARY
The South Portland Senior Drop- In Center invites Seniors to participate in our brand new lending library! You may bring in no more than four books for others to enjoy. Borrow a book you would like to read and then bring it back to the lending library for someone else to read. The library is located in the first four or five cubbies on your right as you walk into the drop in center. Share in your love of books and reading!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG FRIDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Swim 60+ w/ 3 lap lanes
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM
|
LAUGHTER YOGA - LAUGHTER YOGA
Laughter Yoga works with the breathe while bringing childlike playfulness into one’s life. We turn off the analytic part of the brain and let the fun begin! There are many benefits for everyone that chooses to practice Laughter Yoga no matter what age. By practicing prolonged laughter, body chemistry changes, gets the feel good endorphins moving throughout the body, and can assist in lowering blood pressure as well as creating a positive state of mind. **PLEASE TRY TO REGISTER - Drop-ins welcome if space is available!**
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 2:30 PM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Youth Open Gym (Prek-Gr. 12)
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Vacation Camp
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:50 PM
|
Lap Swim (close at 8:50pm)
|
|
|
|
|
Monday December 30, 2024
|
|
6:00 AM - 7:00 AM
|
Adult Lap Swim (Circle Swim)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 AM
|
Deep Water Aero & 2-3 laps
|
|
|
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Shallow Water Aerobics (NO LAPS)
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 5:00 PM
|
School Vacation Camps - December Vacation Camp
School Vacation Camps
School Vacation Camps are for children in grades K-5 who are residents of South Portland. This program takes place at the South Portland Community Center from 8am to 5pm. Children will enjoy field trips, special events, inside and outside play and arts and crafts. We will also swim in the pool when available. There are no sibling discounts for this program.This camp is priced by the day due to the way the dates fall this year. Min 20/Max 40Children need lunch and two snacks per day. They should also bring a refillable water bottle with them every day as well as a swimsuit/towel and change of clothes. A schedule for the week will be posted at a later date.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
BOOK LENDING LIBRARY - BOOK LENDING LIBRARY
The South Portland Senior Drop- In Center invites Seniors to participate in our brand new lending library! You may bring in no more than four books for others to enjoy. Borrow a book you would like to read and then bring it back to the lending library for someone else to read. The library is located in the first four or five cubbies on your right as you walk into the drop in center. Share in your love of books and reading!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Open Swim w/ Board NO LAPS
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Senior Swim 60+ w/ 3 lap lanes
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Youth Open Gym (Prek-Gr. 12)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - MONDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
HAND & FOOT - HAND & FOOT MONDAYS
Drop in one or two afternoons a week to play Hand & Foot on Mondays & Thursdays in the Senior Drop In Center!
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Open Swim w/ laps (NO BOARD)
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Vacation Camp
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Baukus- 5/6 boys basketball practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Lee- 5/6 Girls Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
ABF swim club
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shooting Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Parsons 5/6 Rec Girls Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Rip Tide Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
Rip Tide Swim Club is designed for swimmers ages 8 (by the start date) through 14 who are looking to build endurance and improve their stroke technique. this program will provide an introduction to competitive swimming in a fun and relaxed atmosphere. In order to join the RTSC a swimmer must have completed an evaluation and/or have approval from the head coach. Our goal is to inspire a love of the water and foster enjoyment of this life long sport. Please email questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.orgSwimmers who have not been involved with RTSC in the last year must attend the evaluation night or their registration will be removed.WINTER Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Lauze
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Leagues - Monday League - Winter
Adult Basketball League format8 regular season gamesPlayoffs 10 team seeded single elimination.5v5, 1 female and 1 male must be on the court for each teamRoster minimum of 8 players, max of 12 including 1 female and 1 male playerTwo - 20 minute halvesMen shots inside 3 point arc = 1 point, Outside arc = 2 pointsFemale shots inside 3 point arc = 2 points, Outside arc = 3 pointsRules are based off of the MPA rulesParticipants must be at least 18 years old and out of High school.Captains, once you register please email Whitney at wdorsett@southportland.orgwith your team name and roster. She will create your team in MyRec. FREE AGENTS - Please register under whichever night you would like to play. Please select the free agent group. Free agents will be placed on teams on a first come, first served basis. YOU MUST HAVE BOTH YOUR SOPO ACCOUNT GENERAL AND CANCEL EMAIL OPTIONS AT "YES" TO RECEIVE LEAGUE EMAILS.NEWThursday Winter League 2 - EXPRESS(4 weeks of regular season)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Deep Water Aerobics & RT Plus
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rip Tide PLUS Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
RIP TIDE PLUS is for Middle School age swimmers ONLY who can swim roughly 1200 meters per practice. Each practice is made up of roughly 50% conditioning and 50% technique work, so technique should be solid in all four competitive strokes prior to entering this group. Please email any questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.org
ALL Swimmers who did not participate in the RT PLUS program within the last year, must attend an Evaluation Night.SPRING Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:50 PM
|
Lap Swim (close at 8:50pm)
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday January 2, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 8AM
Strictly Strength August Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 22Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
WELCOME TO WINTER BINGO
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Thursdays at 9am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Thursday at 9am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 9AM
Strictly Strength August Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 22Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
CREATE & CHAT - CREATE & CHAT
Do you like to knit, sew, crochet? Do you enjoy watercolor painting? Please bring whatever you are working on and join fellow crafters/knitters/crocheters/painters (anything will do!) as we chat and share our ideas, tips and projects with each other. Stay for the entire time or come and go anytime you please! Bring a cushion!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH
Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Thursdays at 9:30am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Thursdays at 9:30am
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
WELCOME TO WINTER BINGO - WELCOME TO WINTER BINGO
Winter is not a season it is a celebration! Join us for hot chocolate, winter treats and Bingo to celebrate and welcome back winter! We will play some Bingo games with winter themes as we sip hot cocoa and enjoy a morning of fun with friends!
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Unified Sports - Unified Sports Drop-in Program
Unified Sports Drop In ProgramNo Drop In - April 4This inclusive drop in program combines individuals with and without intellectual and physical disabilities to participate together in a variety of sports. Unified Sports is fun way to develop motor skills and teamwork while also fostering acceptance and creating new friendships among participants along the way. Basketball, pickleball, kickball, dodgeball, floor hockey, badminton, flag football, cornhole, soccer and more!Max of 30
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:30 PM
|
WELCOME TO WINTER BINGO CLEAN UP TIME FOR COORDINATORS ONLY
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - THURSDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Gray- 5/6 Boys Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Aloes
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! January
Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat. (Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Ski chaperone meetings
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Thursdays at 6pm
OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Thursdays at 6pm
Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Thursdays at 6pm
OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Thursdays at 6pm
Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Rec Basketball Practice- Cekutis
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Yoga: Mindful Movement - Yoga: Mindful Movement Winter 1
Yoga: Mindful MovementLet’s get strong, calm and connected! Liz Merci Yoga is a blend of meditation, deep breathing, gentle/restorative, vinyasa and hatha yoga expertly woven together to create a joyful journey on the yoga mat for all level of practitioners! Liz is known for her fun, creative, inspiring sequences that will guide you to connect to the body and make space for self-compassion. This class will help you build muscle, practice balance, and explore range of motion in major joints — all to a great playlist! This class is adaptable and accessible to all adults. About Liz: Liz is born and raised in Maine! She’s been practicing yoga for over 15 years and teaching since 2018. She has studied vinyasa yoga, trauma informed yoga, awakening yoga, meditation, Ayurveda, restorative yoga, mobility and functional movement. She loves to walk the green belt while listening to a podcast. She has her bachelor’s degree in public health from UMass Amherst and served in the Peace Corps!Meet Liz online : lizmerci.com
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Leagues - Thursday League - Winter 1
Adult Basketball League format8 regular season gamesPlayoffs 10 team seeded single elimination.5v5, 1 female and 1 male must be on the court for each teamRoster minimum of 8 players, max of 12 including 1 female and 1 male playerTwo - 20 minute halvesMen shots inside 3 point arc = 1 point, Outside arc = 2 pointsFemale shots inside 3 point arc = 2 points, Outside arc = 3 pointsRules are based off of the MPA rulesParticipants must be at least 18 years old and out of High school.Captains, once you register please email Whitney at wdorsett@southportland.orgwith your team name and roster. She will create your team in MyRec. FREE AGENTS - Please register under whichever night you would like to play. Please select the free agent group. Free agents will be placed on teams on a first come, first served basis. YOU MUST HAVE BOTH YOUR SOPO ACCOUNT GENERAL AND CANCEL EMAIL OPTIONS AT "YES" TO RECEIVE LEAGUE EMAILS.NEWThursday Winter League 2 - EXPRESS(4 weeks of regular season)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Dobson
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Houlette
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:45 PM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - EVENING Class-Thursdays at 8pm
We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
Friday January 3, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH
Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG FRIDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
1:45 PM - 3:15 PM
|
SENIOR CORNHOLE - SENIOR CORNHOLE
Come join us to play Cornhole at the South Portland Community Center! Please try to pre-register before attending the program. Drop-ins always welcome! SEE NOTES, CALENDAR AND SCHEDULE FOR NO CORN HOLE DATES.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 4:45 PM
|
SPHS First Team Boys BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Karate Kids - Karate Kids-Winter 1
Students in this class will learn the basic strikes, blocks, kicks and stances used in karate training. This fundamental training also strengthens and prepares the body for the more difficult techniques ahead in one’s training. In addition to developing physical fitness, self-defense and safety skills, our karate program also helps your child build confidence, focus and respect for oneself and others.Instructor: Dragon Fire Martial ArtsMin 10/Max 25*No Class on November 29thScholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Setup for Rec BB (Sat)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday January 4, 2025
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball- Session 1
South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 9am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Saturdays at 9am
Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball- Session 2
South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Winter Art For Kids - Winter Art For Kids
In this four week program, we will celebrate winter by creating winter-themed art! We will make paper snowflakes, paper plate snowmen, wintry paintings, and more. min 5 /max 15Instructor: Lindsay Larsen
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: Boys
Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere. During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. Score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools.All practices and game schedules can be found below under additional forms and files. Our first games will be Saturday November 23rd, at The Community Center.Make up date if necessary will be Saturday Jan. 25th 2025 Registration CLOSED
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: GIRLS
Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere. During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. Score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools.All practices and game schedules can be found below under additional forms and files. Our first games will be Saturday November 23rd, at The Community Center.Make up date if necessary will be Saturday Jan. 25th 2025 Registration CLOSED
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Boys
Because of 5th grade being accepted into the new middle school it has had a trickle effect where we had to restructure all of our elementary basketball leagues. In effect, we have combined 3rd and 4th graders into one league.The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. Score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Teams will practice 1-2 times per week (space dependent) at local schools or SPCC. Practices will begin the week of November 11. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. Games will be played on Saturday mornings, a game schedule will be provided at the first practice. Make up date for any cancelled Saturday will be Saturday Feb 8th. Registration Deadline: October 29thInterested in Coaching please email bmaloney@southportland.org Mandatory Coaches Meeting: Wednesday, November 6th 6:30-7:15pm SPCC Casco Bay Room Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Girls
Because of 5th grade being accepted into the new middle school it has had a trickle effect where we had to restructure all of our elementary basketball leagues. In effect, we have combined 3rd and 4th graders into one league.The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. Score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Teams will practice 1-2 times per week (space dependent) at local schools or SPCC. Practices will begin the week of November 11. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. Games will be played on Saturday mornings, a game schedule will be provided at the first practice. Make up date for any cancelled Saturday will be Saturday Feb 8th. Registration Deadline: October 29thInterested in Coaching please email bmaloney@southportland.org Mandatory Coaches Meeting: Wednesday, November 6th 6:30-7:15pm SPCC Casco Bay Room Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9:30am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Saturdays at 9:30am
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturdays at 10am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 10am
OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Saturdays at 10am
OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Tiny Tykes Soccer Magic - Winter- Tiny Tykes: Cubs
Tiny Tykes is a new and exciting program run by Challenger Sports British Soccer Coaches that focuses on the development of children aged 2 – 5 years old. Challenger Sports International coaches are experts at working with young children and will combine soccer with fun games; stories and music that keeps your children entertained and enthused to return next week. Includes Tiny Tykes Uniform, size 2 ball.Instructor: Challenger Sports Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Saturdays at 10:30am
Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Beginner Soft Pastel - Beginner Soft Pastel: Streams and River
Beginner Soft Pastel: Birds: This five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to create realistic and interesting bird portraits using soft pastel, graphite, and charcoal. We trace printed photos of birds, which eliminates the need of drawing skills in the class.NEW START DATE OF OCTOBER 26Beginner Soft Pastel: The Winter in Soft PastelThis five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint winter landscapes. Beginner Soft Pastel: Streams and RiversThis five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint marshes, streams, and rivers with a focus on fun! No experience needed. We will be learning about value, composition, and color while enjoying the beauty of painting winding waterways in landscapes. Beginner Soft Pastel: Animals: This five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to create realistic and interesting animal portraits using soft pastel, graphite, and charcoal. We trace printed photos of animals, which eliminates the need of drawing skills in the class.Beginner Soft Pastel: Roadways in LandscapeThis five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint paths and roads in landscapes.In addition, students will learn how to use pastels to achieve both a sketch and finished painting look. All classes will include step-by-step instructions. No experience needed. Supplies are included in class. Instructor: Joan Quinn
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 11am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 11am
Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Tiny Tykes Soccer Magic - Winter- Tiny Tykes: Lions
Tiny Tykes is a new and exciting program run by Challenger Sports British Soccer Coaches that focuses on the development of children aged 2 – 5 years old. Challenger Sports International coaches are experts at working with young children and will combine soccer with fun games; stories and music that keeps your children entertained and enthused to return next week. Includes Tiny Tykes Uniform, size 2 ball.Instructor: Challenger Sports Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Saturdays at 11:30am
This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Challenger Sports Futsal - WINTER- Challengers Futsal
Challenger Sports is an organization of soccer educators who through their futsal program want to bring the flair and passion of Brazilian Soccer to North America.Many of Brazil's top soccer players grew up playing Futsal which helped them develop incredible foot skills and quick decision-making.The Challenger Futsal Coaches will help your players learn and practice these specialized skills along with teaching them about improvisation, creativity, ball control, and small space passing.Our program offers the perfect setting for long-term development! Many world-class footballers played Futsal in their youth and recognize the part it played on their journey.Players of the caliber of Pele, Zico, Ronaldinho, Neymar, Lionel Messi to name but a few of the South American legends all played and enjoyed Futsal.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Birthday Party (Mckeown)
|
|
|
|
|
1:45 PM - 3:45 PM
|
Womens Semi Pro Football Practice
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Pool Party w/Activity Room (Monteiro)
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Pool Party w/Activity Room (Monteiro)
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Boys Lacrosse Clinic - Middle School Lacrosse Open Play
Youth Indoor Lacrosse3rd & 4th Grade Lacrosse Clinic:Youth Lacrosse Coach Ben Bettez will be holding two free clinics for all boys in grades 3 or 4. These two days will be focused on skills and drills as we prepare for the lacrosse season. 5th & 6th Grade Lacrosse Clinic: Youth Coach, Erick Giles will lead indoor lacrosse sessions in January through March for new and returning lacrosse players in grades 5 & 6. Sessions will emphasize skill development and playing small-sided games. Players should bring sneakers, athletic clothes, a water bottle, and a lacrosse stick (if possible). Sticks can be provided for new players. If you do not have your own lacrosse stick, please contact Coach Hanley (dan.hanley3@gmail.com).*3/4 Despite this being a free program, registrants must sign up in advance* Please Note: Dates have changed since the printing of the brochure.
|
|
|
|
|
Sunday January 5, 2025
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym - SUNDAYS
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:30 AM
|
HOOP MAGIC - Hoop Magic: K
This program is for boys and girls in grades K – 1. By rotating through stations, we will teach the children the basics in passing, dribbling, shooting, and defense. Participants will spend the majority of their time in stations learning the basic skills and will be wrapping up each station by playing fun games that help use the skills learned that day. Depending on numbers, sessions may need to be combined. Minimum of 12/maximum of 25. Cost includes a t-shirt.Instructors: SPHS Varsity Brianne Maloney along with SPHS basketball player volunteers.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Sundays at 10am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 10am
Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Sundays at 10am
OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons January Sundays
November Beginner Lessons Time ChangeFridays at 9aSundays at 11aThis program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Sundays at 10:30am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:45 AM - 11:30 AM
|
HOOP MAGIC - Hoop Magic: 1st
This program is for boys and girls in grades K – 1. By rotating through stations, we will teach the children the basics in passing, dribbling, shooting, and defense. Participants will spend the majority of their time in stations learning the basic skills and will be wrapping up each station by playing fun games that help use the skills learned that day. Depending on numbers, sessions may need to be combined. Minimum of 12/maximum of 25. Cost includes a t-shirt.Instructors: SPHS Varsity Brianne Maloney along with SPHS basketball player volunteers.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Sundays at 11am
This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 11am
OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improvers Pickleball Lessons January Sundays
This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sundays at 11:30am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sundays at 12pm
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 12pm
Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Sundays at 12pm
Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 1:45 PM
|
Youth Open Gym (Prek-Gr. 12)
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Sundays at 12:30pm
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 3:45 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball Over 30 - SUNDAYS
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 3:45 PM
|
Youth Baseball Clinics - Youth Baseball Clinics: S1
Hone your baseball skills with Little League in preparation for next season. Age-specific skills will be taught in each session. Min 12/Max 25Minimum Age: Participants must be turning 9 years old by September 1, 2025.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
3:45 PM - 4:45 PM
|
Youth Baseball Clinics - Youth Baseball Clinics: S2
Hone your baseball skills with Little League in preparation for next season. Age-specific skills will be taught in each session. Min 12/Max 25Minimum Age: Participants must be turning 9 years old by September 1, 2025.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Adult Swim Lessons-for Beginners - Winter Session-Group 1 at 4pm
We are offering Beginner Swim Lessons for Adult Swimmers (for ages 14+). These skill-appropriate classes are offered to promote comfort and fundamentals while working through stroke development and proficiency. Beginners will focus on basics such as getting comfortable in the water, front and back floats, treading water, and introductory strokes. We will strive for efficiency in the water, the ability to create your own workout, and the comfort to swim laps at your own pace.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Adult Volleyball Open Gym - Volleyball Drop in @ SPCC
SOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS SUNDAYS October 6 - December 274:00 PM – 6:00 PMCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Adult Swim Lessons-for Beginners - Winter Session-Group 2 at 4:30pm
We are offering Beginner Swim Lessons for Adult Swimmers (for ages 14+). These skill-appropriate classes are offered to promote comfort and fundamentals while working through stroke development and proficiency. Beginners will focus on basics such as getting comfortable in the water, front and back floats, treading water, and introductory strokes. We will strive for efficiency in the water, the ability to create your own workout, and the comfort to swim laps at your own pace.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - WEEKEND Class-Sundays at 5pm
We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Volleyball Rental
|
|
|
|
|
Monday January 6, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 8AM
Strictly Strength August Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 22Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ Redbank (Beginners Only)
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 9AM
Strictly Strength August Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 22Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
MONTHLY BIRTHDAY CELEBRATIONS - MONTHLY BIRTHDAY CELEBRATIONS
Monthly birthday celebrations with cakes, cupcakes or treats and birthday bags for you if it is your birthday month! Come celebrate with others when it is their birthday month and invite others to come celebrate with you when it is your month! Please register for food and birthday bag purposes. Thank you!
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - MONDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
HAND & FOOT - HAND & FOOT MONDAYS
Drop in one or two afternoons a week to play Hand & Foot on Mondays & Thursdays in the Senior Drop In Center!
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team Boys BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:15 PM
|
Rhythmic Gymnastics - Rhythmic Gymnastics: January- Mondays
Inspiring the next generation of gymnasts.In Rhythmic Gymnastics, We aim to build a strong body and spark your curiosity while inspiring you to discover your talents. This Program will shape your young ladies into Strong, passionate, and disciplined women. We are dedicated to helping every child to have the opportunity to reach their goals and maximum potential in this sport.Our Mission goes far beyond gymnastics – We strive to create a healthy and positive environment for families and individuals to come and grow. We aim to inspire a new generation of gymnasts to work on their balance, flexibility,and body control while developing their confidence and self-esteem.The 5 Benefits of Rhythmic Gymnastics are:1. Team Building2. Proprioception Influence3. Reduce stress and pressure4. Builds Confidence5. GritClasses will run for 1 hour and fifteenMeet the talented and award-winning instructor, Asya Vinokur; who will show you how to move and express yourself with Rhythm and Grace!Hi there! My name is Asya Vinokur and I am a former elite-level competitive national gymnast who has won numerous medals and titles throughout the tri-state area of New York and surrounding states. I am proud to say that I have taken home titles such as N.Y. State champion, and Regional champion, and consistently stayed in the top 3 rankings for years.I have also qualified for Eastern/Western Opens and National Championships, ranking in the top 15 nationwide, which earned me elite-level status. Additionally, I have competed in invitational competitions nationwide during my 12-year career as a professional rhythmic gymnast.I was born in Belarus and came to the United States with my family at the age of 4. Growing up, I was born into a family of national team athletes, with my mother Valentina being a master of sport in equestrian riding and my father Dmitry being a master of sport for wrestling. I was born and raised in Brooklyn, NY, where I started practicing rhythmic gymnastics at the age of 6 and quickly progressed and excelled at the sport.Thank you for taking the time to learn a bit about me and Can’t wait to see you in class!Min 4/Max 10Scholarships available- Application linked below*No class on Monday, November 11th
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:15 PM
|
Intro to Dance - Intro to Dance - Winter 1
Students will learn the fundamentals and basics of various styles of dance including jazz, tap, lyrical and hip hop through exercises and progressions. Flexibility and strength exercises will be incorporated into the class along with choreography. Students should bring a water bottle, wear comfortable clothing and have bare feet or wear ballet or jazz shoes if desired. Students should bring a pair of tap shoes to class or if they do not have tap shoes dress shoes will work fine.*No programs on federal holidaysScholarship information is available in the link below.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Baukus- 5/6 boys basketball practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Fun Chefs Baking - What's For Dinner- NEW PROGRAM
Come spend your Monday afternoons baking up some delicious treats. Each week we will learn about what it takes to be a great baker. We will learn how to measure, the science of baking, working with various types of doughs and batters, plus decorating tips and tricks. We will also bake some holiday favorites. All materials are included in the fee.If your child has anaphylactic food allergies we recommend not signing up as we can not guarantee the recipes are completely free of certain ingredients Min:10, Max: 24Instructor: Fun Chefs
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Lee- 5/6 Girls Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Intro to Hip Hop - Intro to Hip Hop Winter Session 1
This class will be broken up into 2 styles of dance, hip hop and acrobatics. Dancers will begin with hip hop, a warm up for the body and explore different hip hop concepts, styles and movement. Students will also be taught hip hop choreography. During the second half of class, dancers will learn acrobatics skills, such as mat exercises, balance and strengthening skills, and basic tumbling, all taught by a certified instructor. A great class for ages 6 and up, for boys and girls of all levels!Min 4/ Max 14Scholarships available- Application linked below*No program on federal holidays
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shooting Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Parsons 5/6 Rec Girls Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Rip Tide Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
Rip Tide Swim Club is designed for swimmers ages 8 (by the start date) through 14 who are looking to build endurance and improve their stroke technique. this program will provide an introduction to competitive swimming in a fun and relaxed atmosphere. In order to join the RTSC a swimmer must have completed an evaluation and/or have approval from the head coach. Our goal is to inspire a love of the water and foster enjoyment of this life long sport. Please email questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.orgSwimmers who have not been involved with RTSC in the last year must attend the evaluation night or their registration will be removed.WINTER Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Jazz & Hip Hop - Jazz & Hip Hop Winter Session 1
Jazz and Hip Hop Dance class is a great, upbeat, energetic class that will give dancers the opportunity to learn and progress in both styles of dance, half the class focusing on jazz dance and the other half focusing on hip hop. Suitable for dancers that have some dance experience or beginner dancers, the class will move at a pace for dancers ages 7-11.Instructor: Drouin Dance CenterScholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Lauze
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Leagues - Monday League - Winter
Adult Basketball League format8 regular season gamesPlayoffs 10 team seeded single elimination.5v5, 1 female and 1 male must be on the court for each teamRoster minimum of 8 players, max of 12 including 1 female and 1 male playerTwo - 20 minute halvesMen shots inside 3 point arc = 1 point, Outside arc = 2 pointsFemale shots inside 3 point arc = 2 points, Outside arc = 3 pointsRules are based off of the MPA rulesParticipants must be at least 18 years old and out of High school.Captains, once you register please email Whitney at wdorsett@southportland.orgwith your team name and roster. She will create your team in MyRec. FREE AGENTS - Please register under whichever night you would like to play. Please select the free agent group. Free agents will be placed on teams on a first come, first served basis. YOU MUST HAVE BOTH YOUR SOPO ACCOUNT GENERAL AND CANCEL EMAIL OPTIONS AT "YES" TO RECEIVE LEAGUE EMAILS.NEWThursday Winter League 2 - EXPRESS(4 weeks of regular season)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rip Tide PLUS Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
RIP TIDE PLUS is for Middle School age swimmers ONLY who can swim roughly 1200 meters per practice. Each practice is made up of roughly 50% conditioning and 50% technique work, so technique should be solid in all four competitive strokes prior to entering this group. Please email any questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.org
ALL Swimmers who did not participate in the RT PLUS program within the last year, must attend an Evaluation Night.SPRING Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday January 7, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - MORNING Class-Tuesdays at 8am
We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 9am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH
Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Tuesdays at 9:30am
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
POP - Preschool Open Play - POP - Preschool Open Play
Looking for ways to get some energy out and meet new families in the community? Drop in to our POP program and have some fun with your child/family. We will provide the equipment and activity space! Parents/guardians must supervise their child at all times. This is a drop in program. Please pay the supervisor at the start of each day.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Storytime - Redbank Storytime
The South Portland Youth Librarians will be hosting story and song time at Redbank Community Center on Tuesdays. The librarians will be reading stories and leading fun family songs. This program is free. If you have an questions about the program please reach out to Jessica Milton at jmilton@southportland.org.Also on Tuesdays from 9am to 11am at Redbank we also host a preschool open play (POP) program in the gym. This program is $4 for South Portland resident families and $5 for Non-Resident families. You may leave and return to the POP program to attend storytime.Children 12 years of age and younger must be accompanied by an adult.No Program on Federal Holidays
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG TUESDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Vitality T'ai Chi for Seniors - T'ai Chi Tuesdays - T'AI CHI TUESDAYS - JANUARY
This program incorporates “T’ai Chi Moving for Better Balance”, an 8 posture standing form, with elements of Musical T’ai Chi which uses periods of seated movement; both practices will be integrated by learning the Great Breathing technique from Shaolin & Chinese Medicine. The musical background will be calming, peaceful and yet invigorating as the play element in T’ai Chi will be emphasized. Instructor, Michael Elliott is a 49 year practitioner.Tuesdays T'ai Chi is held two Tuesdays a month offered on the dates listed.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
7th & 8th Grade Rec Basketball Practice- Jenisch
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Twinkling Stars-Toddler Team
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! January
Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat. (Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Gray- 5/6 Boys Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Tuesdays at 6pm
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Tuesdays at 6pm
Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Tuesdays at 6pm
This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shimmering Stars-Unified Inclusive Team
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball League - High School Rec Basketball League
REGISTRATION IS CLOSED FOR 2024-2025 League Philosophy South Portland Parks & Recreation runs a recreational High School aged basketball league for players in the Southern Maine community. The main purpose of this league is to provide a safe environment where players have the opportunity to participate in a competitive program. In addition to the league rules, we feel strongly that all players should have the chance to participate, and that player development, not winning, should be the ultimate goal.The objective of this league from a recreational standpoint shall be:
To instruct players in the rules, techniques and principles of basketball while helping to develop the physical, social and emotional needs of each player.
To develop spirit of fair play and sportsmanship for the betterment of youth sports
Remembering that these games are for the players, not the adults.
League DetailsThis league provides an opportunity for any student in grades 9-12 not playing on their school team to play basketball this winter. HS players can make their own teams however each team must have a qualified coach. Coaches must be 21, complete a volunteer coach’s application and are subject to a criminal background check. The coach will submit the roster to Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.org. Each player on the roster must be registered through the rec. All games and practices are weeknights (schedule TBD). All players and coaches must complete a Code of Conduct Form to participate in this league.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $350 ( covers cost of officials for season) SCHOLARSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE- For South Portland Residents Only, See linked scholarship application below.Registration Deadline Friday December 6th! Pre-Season MeetingAll coaches are REQUIRED to attendDate:Monday December 9th Time:5:45pm-6:45pm Location: SPCC Casco Bay RoomBrianne Maloney bmaloney@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball League - High School Rec Basketball League- Outside Organization
REGISTRATION IS CLOSED FOR 2024-2025 League Philosophy South Portland Parks & Recreation runs a recreational High School aged basketball league for players in the Southern Maine community. The main purpose of this league is to provide a safe environment where players have the opportunity to participate in a competitive program. In addition to the league rules, we feel strongly that all players should have the chance to participate, and that player development, not winning, should be the ultimate goal.The objective of this league from a recreational standpoint shall be:
To instruct players in the rules, techniques and principles of basketball while helping to develop the physical, social and emotional needs of each player.
To develop spirit of fair play and sportsmanship for the betterment of youth sports
Remembering that these games are for the players, not the adults.
League DetailsThis league provides an opportunity for any student in grades 9-12 not playing on their school team to play basketball this winter. HS players can make their own teams however each team must have a qualified coach. Coaches must be 21, complete a volunteer coach’s application and are subject to a criminal background check. The coach will submit the roster to Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.org. Each player on the roster must be registered through the rec. All games and practices are weeknights (schedule TBD). All players and coaches must complete a Code of Conduct Form to participate in this league.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $350 ( covers cost of officials for season) SCHOLARSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE- For South Portland Residents Only, See linked scholarship application below.Registration Deadline Friday December 6th! Pre-Season MeetingAll coaches are REQUIRED to attendDate:Monday December 9th Time:5:45pm-6:45pm Location: SPCC Casco Bay RoomBrianne Maloney bmaloney@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 6:30pm (group 1)
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 6:30pm (group 2)
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Youth Cheer Meetign
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ RCC Evening Winter 2025
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday January 8, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ Redbank (Beginners Only)
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:30 PM
|
WESTON'S FARM & MARKET & BROWNFIELD COUNTRY MARKET - WESTON'S FARM & MARKET & BROWNFIELD COUNTRY MARKET
Located at the picturesque farm in a 225 year old barn Weston’s Farm & Market in Fryeburg offers all of the farms fresh produce, meats, cheeses, craft beer, wine, baked goods, gifts from the New England Region and State of Maine Souvenirs. Brownfield Country Market is a quaint local market nestled in the heart of Brownfield. Offering a variety of fresh produce, groceries, and household essentials, this Amish owned market is worth a visit.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Wednesday at 9am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:15 AM
|
GENTLE YOGA - Gentle Yoga Winter 1
Whether it's your first time or you've been taking yoga for years, this class will meet you right where you are. Martha emphasizes safe and effective alignment principles as she leads you through a sequence of yoga postures connecting the breath with body movement. Her goal for every class is that you leave feeling stronger, more flexible, balanced and happy!Min 5/ Max 25
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
MEXICAN TRAIN DOMINOS - MEXICAN TRAIN DOMINOS
Come learn and play this fun and exciting game of Mexican Train dominoes! It is a long game but so much fun!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH
Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Wednesdays at 9:30am
This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
BRIDGE - BRIDGE
Drop into the SPCC Senior Drop in Center Wednesday mornings from 9:30-11:30a.m. to play bridge. There will be someone around to help beginners/novice players if needed. (No Lessons). You must have some idea how to play the game, however, our volunteer John is more than willing to help you out!
|
|
|
|
|
10:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Beginner Line Dancing - Beginner Line Dancing Winter 1
Join our beginner line dancing classes! Learn the basics step-by-step in a fun, supportive atmosphere. No partner needed. Get ready to groove to different music styles and feel confident hitting the dance floor!Instructor: Linda PetersNo senior Discount
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team Boys BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:15 PM
|
Rhythmic Gymnastics - Rhythmic Gymnastics: January- Wednesdays
Inspiring the next generation of gymnasts.In Rhythmic Gymnastics, We aim to build a strong body and spark your curiosity while inspiring you to discover your talents. This Program will shape your young ladies into Strong, passionate, and disciplined women. We are dedicated to helping every child to have the opportunity to reach their goals and maximum potential in this sport.Our Mission goes far beyond gymnastics – We strive to create a healthy and positive environment for families and individuals to come and grow. We aim to inspire a new generation of gymnasts to work on their balance, flexibility,and body control while developing their confidence and self-esteem.The 5 Benefits of Rhythmic Gymnastics are:1. Team Building2. Proprioception Influence3. Reduce stress and pressure4. Builds Confidence5. GritClasses will run for 1 hour and fifteenMeet the talented and award-winning instructor, Asya Vinokur; who will show you how to move and express yourself with Rhythm and Grace!Hi there! My name is Asya Vinokur and I am a former elite-level competitive national gymnast who has won numerous medals and titles throughout the tri-state area of New York and surrounding states. I am proud to say that I have taken home titles such as N.Y. State champion, and Regional champion, and consistently stayed in the top 3 rankings for years.I have also qualified for Eastern/Western Opens and National Championships, ranking in the top 15 nationwide, which earned me elite-level status. Additionally, I have competed in invitational competitions nationwide during my 12-year career as a professional rhythmic gymnast.I was born in Belarus and came to the United States with my family at the age of 4. Growing up, I was born into a family of national team athletes, with my mother Valentina being a master of sport in equestrian riding and my father Dmitry being a master of sport for wrestling. I was born and raised in Brooklyn, NY, where I started practicing rhythmic gymnastics at the age of 6 and quickly progressed and excelled at the sport.Thank you for taking the time to learn a bit about me and Can’t wait to see you in class!Min 4/Max 10Scholarships available- Application linked below*No class on Monday, November 11th
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Hychko
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Historical Society Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Rising Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Masters
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Nelson/ Piper 1/2 Boys Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Rip Tide Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
Rip Tide Swim Club is designed for swimmers ages 8 (by the start date) through 14 who are looking to build endurance and improve their stroke technique. this program will provide an introduction to competitive swimming in a fun and relaxed atmosphere. In order to join the RTSC a swimmer must have completed an evaluation and/or have approval from the head coach. Our goal is to inspire a love of the water and foster enjoyment of this life long sport. Please email questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.orgSwimmers who have not been involved with RTSC in the last year must attend the evaluation night or their registration will be removed.WINTER Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 7-8) - 7-8th GRADE BASKETBALL
REGISTRATION IS CLOSED FOR 2024-2025 This informal program is designed to give middle school players an opportunity stay active this winter through games and scrimmages. South Portland plans to invite Gorham, Cape and other neighboring towns to schedule games against. The season will begin the second week of January and run through early March. Games will be played on weeknights, practices will be 1-2 times a week at SPCC or RBCC. League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $350 ( covers cost of officials for season) Registration Deadline Friday December 6th! Pre-Season Meeting All coaches are REQUIRED to attend Date:Thursday December 12th Time:5:00pm-6:00pm Location: SPCC Casco Bay RoomScholarships available- Application linked belowBrianne Maloney bmaloney@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 7-8) - 7-8th GRADE BASKETBALL- Outside Organization Team Registration
REGISTRATION IS CLOSED FOR 2024-2025 This informal program is designed to give middle school players an opportunity stay active this winter through games and scrimmages. South Portland plans to invite Gorham, Cape and other neighboring towns to schedule games against. The season will begin the second week of January and run through early March. Games will be played on weeknights, practices will be 1-2 times a week at SPCC or RBCC. League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $350 ( covers cost of officials for season) Registration Deadline Friday December 6th! Pre-Season Meeting All coaches are REQUIRED to attend Date:Thursday December 12th Time:5:00pm-6:00pm Location: SPCC Casco Bay RoomScholarships available- Application linked belowBrianne Maloney bmaloney@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shooting Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rip Tide PLUS Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
RIP TIDE PLUS is for Middle School age swimmers ONLY who can swim roughly 1200 meters per practice. Each practice is made up of roughly 50% conditioning and 50% technique work, so technique should be solid in all four competitive strokes prior to entering this group. Please email any questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.org
ALL Swimmers who did not participate in the RT PLUS program within the last year, must attend an Evaluation Night.SPRING Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shooting Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym - WEDNESDAYS
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday January 9, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 8AM
Strictly Strength August Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 22Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Thursdays at 9am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Thursday at 9am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 9AM
Strictly Strength August Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 22Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
CREATE & CHAT - CREATE & CHAT
Do you like to knit, sew, crochet? Do you enjoy watercolor painting? Please bring whatever you are working on and join fellow crafters/knitters/crocheters/painters (anything will do!) as we chat and share our ideas, tips and projects with each other. Stay for the entire time or come and go anytime you please! Bring a cushion!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH
Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Thursdays at 9:30am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Thursdays at 9:30am
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Unified Sports - Unified Sports Drop-in Program
Unified Sports Drop In ProgramNo Drop In - April 4This inclusive drop in program combines individuals with and without intellectual and physical disabilities to participate together in a variety of sports. Unified Sports is fun way to develop motor skills and teamwork while also fostering acceptance and creating new friendships among participants along the way. Basketball, pickleball, kickball, dodgeball, floor hockey, badminton, flag football, cornhole, soccer and more!Max of 30
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
CORE STABILITY - CORE STABILITY - JANUARY
A resistance based Pilates inspired class. Focused on improving overall strength and mobility through core based movement. Suitable for all but will have mat floor work involved.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
CHAIR FIT - CHAIR FIT - JANUARY
Chair Fit is a great total body workout for everyone but perfect if you have trouble doing standing exercise. Cardio, strength and core all using a chair! No classes in August.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - THURSDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
HAND & FOOT - HAND & FOOT THURSDAYS
Drop in one or two afternoons a week to play Hand & Foot on Mondays & Thursdays in the Senior Drop In Center!
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Facilities training
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team Boys BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Gray- 5/6 Boys Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Aloes
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! January
Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat. (Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Thursdays at 6pm
OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Thursdays at 6pm
Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Thursdays at 6pm
OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Thursdays at 6pm
Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Yoga: Mindful Movement - Yoga: Mindful Movement Winter 1
Yoga: Mindful MovementLet’s get strong, calm and connected! Liz Merci Yoga is a blend of meditation, deep breathing, gentle/restorative, vinyasa and hatha yoga expertly woven together to create a joyful journey on the yoga mat for all level of practitioners! Liz is known for her fun, creative, inspiring sequences that will guide you to connect to the body and make space for self-compassion. This class will help you build muscle, practice balance, and explore range of motion in major joints — all to a great playlist! This class is adaptable and accessible to all adults. About Liz: Liz is born and raised in Maine! She’s been practicing yoga for over 15 years and teaching since 2018. She has studied vinyasa yoga, trauma informed yoga, awakening yoga, meditation, Ayurveda, restorative yoga, mobility and functional movement. She loves to walk the green belt while listening to a podcast. She has her bachelor’s degree in public health from UMass Amherst and served in the Peace Corps!Meet Liz online : lizmerci.com
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Leagues - Thursday League - Winter 1
Adult Basketball League format8 regular season gamesPlayoffs 10 team seeded single elimination.5v5, 1 female and 1 male must be on the court for each teamRoster minimum of 8 players, max of 12 including 1 female and 1 male playerTwo - 20 minute halvesMen shots inside 3 point arc = 1 point, Outside arc = 2 pointsFemale shots inside 3 point arc = 2 points, Outside arc = 3 pointsRules are based off of the MPA rulesParticipants must be at least 18 years old and out of High school.Captains, once you register please email Whitney at wdorsett@southportland.orgwith your team name and roster. She will create your team in MyRec. FREE AGENTS - Please register under whichever night you would like to play. Please select the free agent group. Free agents will be placed on teams on a first come, first served basis. YOU MUST HAVE BOTH YOUR SOPO ACCOUNT GENERAL AND CANCEL EMAIL OPTIONS AT "YES" TO RECEIVE LEAGUE EMAILS.NEWThursday Winter League 2 - EXPRESS(4 weeks of regular season)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Dobson
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Houlette
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:45 PM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - EVENING Class-Thursdays at 8pm
We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
Friday January 10, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons January Fridays
November Beginner Lessons Time ChangeFridays at 9aSundays at 11aThis program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improver Pickleball Lessons January Fridays
This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH
Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG FRIDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Drawing - Drawing Winter
Drawing is the logical first step to painting. If you are planning to paint in oils, acrylics, or watercolors, start at the beginning. Become comfortable making your own mark. This course introduces the fundamental elements of this all important skill. We will look deeper at: Line - Form - Value - Perspective.Supply ListMaterial ListSketch padEraserAssorted Soft to Hard Pencils: 6B - 4B -2B - HB - H - 2H - 4H
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 2:30 PM
|
TEA AT THE LADY MARY INN AT HURD MANOR - TEA AT THE LADY MARY INN AT HURD MANOR - JANUARY
Delicately prepared tea sandwiches, sweets and scones served in an intimate setting in the manor. Surrounded by Victorian elegance and charm, this experience and culinary offering are steeped in both flavor and history. The Lady Mary Inn is the quintessential setting for afternoon tea.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
1:45 PM - 3:15 PM
|
SENIOR CORNHOLE - SENIOR CORNHOLE
Come join us to play Cornhole at the South Portland Community Center! Please try to pre-register before attending the program. Drop-ins always welcome! SEE NOTES, CALENDAR AND SCHEDULE FOR NO CORN HOLE DATES.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 4:45 PM
|
SPHS First Team Boys BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Karate Kids - Karate Kids-Winter 1
Students in this class will learn the basic strikes, blocks, kicks and stances used in karate training. This fundamental training also strengthens and prepares the body for the more difficult techniques ahead in one’s training. In addition to developing physical fitness, self-defense and safety skills, our karate program also helps your child build confidence, focus and respect for oneself and others.Instructor: Dragon Fire Martial ArtsMin 10/Max 25*No Class on November 29thScholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Greater Portland Christian BB Games
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday January 11, 2025
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball- Session 1
South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 9am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Saturdays at 9am
Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball- Session 2
South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Winter Art For Kids - Winter Art For Kids
In this four week program, we will celebrate winter by creating winter-themed art! We will make paper snowflakes, paper plate snowmen, wintry paintings, and more. min 5 /max 15Instructor: Lindsay Larsen
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: Boys
Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere. During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. Score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools.All practices and game schedules can be found below under additional forms and files. Our first games will be Saturday November 23rd, at The Community Center.Make up date if necessary will be Saturday Jan. 25th 2025 Registration CLOSED
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: GIRLS
Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere. During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. Score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools.All practices and game schedules can be found below under additional forms and files. Our first games will be Saturday November 23rd, at The Community Center.Make up date if necessary will be Saturday Jan. 25th 2025 Registration CLOSED
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Boys
Because of 5th grade being accepted into the new middle school it has had a trickle effect where we had to restructure all of our elementary basketball leagues. In effect, we have combined 3rd and 4th graders into one league.The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. Score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Teams will practice 1-2 times per week (space dependent) at local schools or SPCC. Practices will begin the week of November 11. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. Games will be played on Saturday mornings, a game schedule will be provided at the first practice. Make up date for any cancelled Saturday will be Saturday Feb 8th. Registration Deadline: October 29thInterested in Coaching please email bmaloney@southportland.org Mandatory Coaches Meeting: Wednesday, November 6th 6:30-7:15pm SPCC Casco Bay Room Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Girls
Because of 5th grade being accepted into the new middle school it has had a trickle effect where we had to restructure all of our elementary basketball leagues. In effect, we have combined 3rd and 4th graders into one league.The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. Score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Teams will practice 1-2 times per week (space dependent) at local schools or SPCC. Practices will begin the week of November 11. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. Games will be played on Saturday mornings, a game schedule will be provided at the first practice. Make up date for any cancelled Saturday will be Saturday Feb 8th. Registration Deadline: October 29thInterested in Coaching please email bmaloney@southportland.org Mandatory Coaches Meeting: Wednesday, November 6th 6:30-7:15pm SPCC Casco Bay Room Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9:30am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Saturdays at 9:30am
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturdays at 10am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 10am
OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Saturdays at 10am
OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Tiny Tykes Soccer Magic - Winter- Tiny Tykes: Cubs
Tiny Tykes is a new and exciting program run by Challenger Sports British Soccer Coaches that focuses on the development of children aged 2 – 5 years old. Challenger Sports International coaches are experts at working with young children and will combine soccer with fun games; stories and music that keeps your children entertained and enthused to return next week. Includes Tiny Tykes Uniform, size 2 ball.Instructor: Challenger Sports Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Saturdays at 10:30am
Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Beginner Soft Pastel - Beginner Soft Pastel: Streams and River
Beginner Soft Pastel: Birds: This five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to create realistic and interesting bird portraits using soft pastel, graphite, and charcoal. We trace printed photos of birds, which eliminates the need of drawing skills in the class.NEW START DATE OF OCTOBER 26Beginner Soft Pastel: The Winter in Soft PastelThis five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint winter landscapes. Beginner Soft Pastel: Streams and RiversThis five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint marshes, streams, and rivers with a focus on fun! No experience needed. We will be learning about value, composition, and color while enjoying the beauty of painting winding waterways in landscapes. Beginner Soft Pastel: Animals: This five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to create realistic and interesting animal portraits using soft pastel, graphite, and charcoal. We trace printed photos of animals, which eliminates the need of drawing skills in the class.Beginner Soft Pastel: Roadways in LandscapeThis five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint paths and roads in landscapes.In addition, students will learn how to use pastels to achieve both a sketch and finished painting look. All classes will include step-by-step instructions. No experience needed. Supplies are included in class. Instructor: Joan Quinn
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 11am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 11am
Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Tiny Tykes Soccer Magic - Winter- Tiny Tykes: Lions
Tiny Tykes is a new and exciting program run by Challenger Sports British Soccer Coaches that focuses on the development of children aged 2 – 5 years old. Challenger Sports International coaches are experts at working with young children and will combine soccer with fun games; stories and music that keeps your children entertained and enthused to return next week. Includes Tiny Tykes Uniform, size 2 ball.Instructor: Challenger Sports Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Saturdays at 11:30am
This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Challenger Sports Futsal - WINTER- Challengers Futsal
Challenger Sports is an organization of soccer educators who through their futsal program want to bring the flair and passion of Brazilian Soccer to North America.Many of Brazil's top soccer players grew up playing Futsal which helped them develop incredible foot skills and quick decision-making.The Challenger Futsal Coaches will help your players learn and practice these specialized skills along with teaching them about improvisation, creativity, ball control, and small space passing.Our program offers the perfect setting for long-term development! Many world-class footballers played Futsal in their youth and recognize the part it played on their journey.Players of the caliber of Pele, Zico, Ronaldinho, Neymar, Lionel Messi to name but a few of the South American legends all played and enjoyed Futsal.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 1:55 PM
|
Pool Party w/Activity Room (Stoller)
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Pool Party w/Activity Room (Stoller)
|
|
|
|
|
1:45 PM - 3:45 PM
|
Womens Semi Pro Football Practice
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Pool Party w/Casco Bay Room
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 4:00 PM
|
Pool Party w/Casco Bay Room
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Boys Lacrosse Clinic - Middle School Lacrosse Open Play
Youth Indoor Lacrosse3rd & 4th Grade Lacrosse Clinic:Youth Lacrosse Coach Ben Bettez will be holding two free clinics for all boys in grades 3 or 4. These two days will be focused on skills and drills as we prepare for the lacrosse season. 5th & 6th Grade Lacrosse Clinic: Youth Coach, Erick Giles will lead indoor lacrosse sessions in January through March for new and returning lacrosse players in grades 5 & 6. Sessions will emphasize skill development and playing small-sided games. Players should bring sneakers, athletic clothes, a water bottle, and a lacrosse stick (if possible). Sticks can be provided for new players. If you do not have your own lacrosse stick, please contact Coach Hanley (dan.hanley3@gmail.com).*3/4 Despite this being a free program, registrants must sign up in advance* Please Note: Dates have changed since the printing of the brochure.
|
|
|
|
|
Sunday January 12, 2025
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym - SUNDAYS
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:30 AM
|
HOOP MAGIC - Hoop Magic: K
This program is for boys and girls in grades K – 1. By rotating through stations, we will teach the children the basics in passing, dribbling, shooting, and defense. Participants will spend the majority of their time in stations learning the basic skills and will be wrapping up each station by playing fun games that help use the skills learned that day. Depending on numbers, sessions may need to be combined. Minimum of 12/maximum of 25. Cost includes a t-shirt.Instructors: SPHS Varsity Brianne Maloney along with SPHS basketball player volunteers.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Sundays at 10am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 10am
Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Sundays at 10am
OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons January Sundays
November Beginner Lessons Time ChangeFridays at 9aSundays at 11aThis program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Sundays at 10:30am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:45 AM - 11:30 AM
|
HOOP MAGIC - Hoop Magic: 1st
This program is for boys and girls in grades K – 1. By rotating through stations, we will teach the children the basics in passing, dribbling, shooting, and defense. Participants will spend the majority of their time in stations learning the basic skills and will be wrapping up each station by playing fun games that help use the skills learned that day. Depending on numbers, sessions may need to be combined. Minimum of 12/maximum of 25. Cost includes a t-shirt.Instructors: SPHS Varsity Brianne Maloney along with SPHS basketball player volunteers.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Sundays at 11am
This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 11am
OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improvers Pickleball Lessons January Sundays
This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sundays at 11:30am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sundays at 12pm
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 12pm
Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Sundays at 12pm
Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 1:45 PM
|
Youth Open Gym (Prek-Gr. 12)
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Sundays at 12:30pm
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 3:45 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball Over 30 - SUNDAYS
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 3:45 PM
|
Youth Baseball Clinics - Youth Baseball Clinics: S1
Hone your baseball skills with Little League in preparation for next season. Age-specific skills will be taught in each session. Min 12/Max 25Minimum Age: Participants must be turning 9 years old by September 1, 2025.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Pool Party w/Activity Room (Curry)
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Pool Party w/Activity Room (Curry)
|
|
|
|
|
3:45 PM - 4:45 PM
|
Youth Baseball Clinics - Youth Baseball Clinics: S2
Hone your baseball skills with Little League in preparation for next season. Age-specific skills will be taught in each session. Min 12/Max 25Minimum Age: Participants must be turning 9 years old by September 1, 2025.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Adult Swim Lessons-for Beginners - Winter Session-Group 1 at 4pm
We are offering Beginner Swim Lessons for Adult Swimmers (for ages 14+). These skill-appropriate classes are offered to promote comfort and fundamentals while working through stroke development and proficiency. Beginners will focus on basics such as getting comfortable in the water, front and back floats, treading water, and introductory strokes. We will strive for efficiency in the water, the ability to create your own workout, and the comfort to swim laps at your own pace.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Adult Volleyball Open Gym - Volleyball Drop in @ SPCC
SOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS SUNDAYS October 6 - December 274:00 PM – 6:00 PMCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Adult Swim Lessons-for Beginners - Winter Session-Group 2 at 4:30pm
We are offering Beginner Swim Lessons for Adult Swimmers (for ages 14+). These skill-appropriate classes are offered to promote comfort and fundamentals while working through stroke development and proficiency. Beginners will focus on basics such as getting comfortable in the water, front and back floats, treading water, and introductory strokes. We will strive for efficiency in the water, the ability to create your own workout, and the comfort to swim laps at your own pace.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - WEEKEND Class-Sundays at 5pm
We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Volleyball Rental
|
|
|
|
|
Monday January 13, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 8AM
Strictly Strength August Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 22Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ Redbank (Beginners Only)
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 9AM
Strictly Strength August Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 22Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - MONDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
HAND & FOOT - HAND & FOOT MONDAYS
Drop in one or two afternoons a week to play Hand & Foot on Mondays & Thursdays in the Senior Drop In Center!
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team Boys BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:15 PM
|
Rhythmic Gymnastics - Rhythmic Gymnastics: January- Mondays
Inspiring the next generation of gymnasts.In Rhythmic Gymnastics, We aim to build a strong body and spark your curiosity while inspiring you to discover your talents. This Program will shape your young ladies into Strong, passionate, and disciplined women. We are dedicated to helping every child to have the opportunity to reach their goals and maximum potential in this sport.Our Mission goes far beyond gymnastics – We strive to create a healthy and positive environment for families and individuals to come and grow. We aim to inspire a new generation of gymnasts to work on their balance, flexibility,and body control while developing their confidence and self-esteem.The 5 Benefits of Rhythmic Gymnastics are:1. Team Building2. Proprioception Influence3. Reduce stress and pressure4. Builds Confidence5. GritClasses will run for 1 hour and fifteenMeet the talented and award-winning instructor, Asya Vinokur; who will show you how to move and express yourself with Rhythm and Grace!Hi there! My name is Asya Vinokur and I am a former elite-level competitive national gymnast who has won numerous medals and titles throughout the tri-state area of New York and surrounding states. I am proud to say that I have taken home titles such as N.Y. State champion, and Regional champion, and consistently stayed in the top 3 rankings for years.I have also qualified for Eastern/Western Opens and National Championships, ranking in the top 15 nationwide, which earned me elite-level status. Additionally, I have competed in invitational competitions nationwide during my 12-year career as a professional rhythmic gymnast.I was born in Belarus and came to the United States with my family at the age of 4. Growing up, I was born into a family of national team athletes, with my mother Valentina being a master of sport in equestrian riding and my father Dmitry being a master of sport for wrestling. I was born and raised in Brooklyn, NY, where I started practicing rhythmic gymnastics at the age of 6 and quickly progressed and excelled at the sport.Thank you for taking the time to learn a bit about me and Can’t wait to see you in class!Min 4/Max 10Scholarships available- Application linked below*No class on Monday, November 11th
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:15 PM
|
Intro to Dance - Intro to Dance - Winter 1
Students will learn the fundamentals and basics of various styles of dance including jazz, tap, lyrical and hip hop through exercises and progressions. Flexibility and strength exercises will be incorporated into the class along with choreography. Students should bring a water bottle, wear comfortable clothing and have bare feet or wear ballet or jazz shoes if desired. Students should bring a pair of tap shoes to class or if they do not have tap shoes dress shoes will work fine.*No programs on federal holidaysScholarship information is available in the link below.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Baukus- 5/6 boys basketball practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Fun Chefs Baking - What's For Dinner- NEW PROGRAM
Come spend your Monday afternoons baking up some delicious treats. Each week we will learn about what it takes to be a great baker. We will learn how to measure, the science of baking, working with various types of doughs and batters, plus decorating tips and tricks. We will also bake some holiday favorites. All materials are included in the fee.If your child has anaphylactic food allergies we recommend not signing up as we can not guarantee the recipes are completely free of certain ingredients Min:10, Max: 24Instructor: Fun Chefs
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Lee- 5/6 Girls Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM
|
Intro to Hip Hop - Intro to Hip Hop Winter Session 1
This class will be broken up into 2 styles of dance, hip hop and acrobatics. Dancers will begin with hip hop, a warm up for the body and explore different hip hop concepts, styles and movement. Students will also be taught hip hop choreography. During the second half of class, dancers will learn acrobatics skills, such as mat exercises, balance and strengthening skills, and basic tumbling, all taught by a certified instructor. A great class for ages 6 and up, for boys and girls of all levels!Min 4/ Max 14Scholarships available- Application linked below*No program on federal holidays
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shooting Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Parsons 5/6 Rec Girls Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Rip Tide Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
Rip Tide Swim Club is designed for swimmers ages 8 (by the start date) through 14 who are looking to build endurance and improve their stroke technique. this program will provide an introduction to competitive swimming in a fun and relaxed atmosphere. In order to join the RTSC a swimmer must have completed an evaluation and/or have approval from the head coach. Our goal is to inspire a love of the water and foster enjoyment of this life long sport. Please email questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.orgSwimmers who have not been involved with RTSC in the last year must attend the evaluation night or their registration will be removed.WINTER Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:15 PM
|
Jazz & Hip Hop - Jazz & Hip Hop Winter Session 1
Jazz and Hip Hop Dance class is a great, upbeat, energetic class that will give dancers the opportunity to learn and progress in both styles of dance, half the class focusing on jazz dance and the other half focusing on hip hop. Suitable for dancers that have some dance experience or beginner dancers, the class will move at a pace for dancers ages 7-11.Instructor: Drouin Dance CenterScholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Lauze
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Leagues - Monday League - Winter
Adult Basketball League format8 regular season gamesPlayoffs 10 team seeded single elimination.5v5, 1 female and 1 male must be on the court for each teamRoster minimum of 8 players, max of 12 including 1 female and 1 male playerTwo - 20 minute halvesMen shots inside 3 point arc = 1 point, Outside arc = 2 pointsFemale shots inside 3 point arc = 2 points, Outside arc = 3 pointsRules are based off of the MPA rulesParticipants must be at least 18 years old and out of High school.Captains, once you register please email Whitney at wdorsett@southportland.orgwith your team name and roster. She will create your team in MyRec. FREE AGENTS - Please register under whichever night you would like to play. Please select the free agent group. Free agents will be placed on teams on a first come, first served basis. YOU MUST HAVE BOTH YOUR SOPO ACCOUNT GENERAL AND CANCEL EMAIL OPTIONS AT "YES" TO RECEIVE LEAGUE EMAILS.NEWThursday Winter League 2 - EXPRESS(4 weeks of regular season)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rip Tide PLUS Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
RIP TIDE PLUS is for Middle School age swimmers ONLY who can swim roughly 1200 meters per practice. Each practice is made up of roughly 50% conditioning and 50% technique work, so technique should be solid in all four competitive strokes prior to entering this group. Please email any questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.org
ALL Swimmers who did not participate in the RT PLUS program within the last year, must attend an Evaluation Night.SPRING Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:45 PM
|
Strikers Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday January 14, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - MORNING Class-Tuesdays at 8am
We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 9am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH
Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Tuesdays at 9:30am
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
|
NATURE THEMED PRESENTATIONS - NATURE THEMED PRESENTATIONS - TECHNOLOGY IN NATURE
Join one Park Ranger, Sydney Raftery or one of our other Park Rangers, for these themed presentations and dive deeper into these interesting nature topics. Snacks provided. Subjects for these presentations:Dec. 16 – Festive Flora and Fauna.Subjects for Winter/Spring 2025:Jan. 14 - Technology in Nature - As technology advances, nature becomes more accessible for those who might not have been able to explore it before. Join us this month for a look at the many technological developments that are making our big world just a little bit smaller.Feb. 11th - The Nature of Love - Celebrate Valentine's Day with us by discovering all of the cute, ostentatious, and bizarre ways that animals show their "love" to their mates.Mar. 11th - Resilience of Maine's Wildlife - This month we will explore how Maine's animals have adapted to survive in its varied climates from cold northern regions to the coast - and how climate change might force species to adapt even more.April 1st - Wild and Wacky - Explore the funniest, quirkiest and most unexpected antics of the animal kingdom during this special April Fool's Day nature talk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
POP - Preschool Open Play - POP - Preschool Open Play
Looking for ways to get some energy out and meet new families in the community? Drop in to our POP program and have some fun with your child/family. We will provide the equipment and activity space! Parents/guardians must supervise their child at all times. This is a drop in program. Please pay the supervisor at the start of each day.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Storytime - Redbank Storytime
The South Portland Youth Librarians will be hosting story and song time at Redbank Community Center on Tuesdays. The librarians will be reading stories and leading fun family songs. This program is free. If you have an questions about the program please reach out to Jessica Milton at jmilton@southportland.org.Also on Tuesdays from 9am to 11am at Redbank we also host a preschool open play (POP) program in the gym. This program is $4 for South Portland resident families and $5 for Non-Resident families. You may leave and return to the POP program to attend storytime.Children 12 years of age and younger must be accompanied by an adult.No Program on Federal Holidays
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
PRW Safety Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG TUESDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
7th & 8th Grade Rec Basketball Practice- Jenisch
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Twinkling Stars-Toddler Team
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! January
Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat. (Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Gray- 5/6 Boys Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Maine Senior Games Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Tuesdays at 6pm
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Tuesdays at 6pm
Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Tuesdays at 6pm
This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shimmering Stars-Unified Inclusive Team
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball League - High School Rec Basketball League
REGISTRATION IS CLOSED FOR 2024-2025 League Philosophy South Portland Parks & Recreation runs a recreational High School aged basketball league for players in the Southern Maine community. The main purpose of this league is to provide a safe environment where players have the opportunity to participate in a competitive program. In addition to the league rules, we feel strongly that all players should have the chance to participate, and that player development, not winning, should be the ultimate goal.The objective of this league from a recreational standpoint shall be:
To instruct players in the rules, techniques and principles of basketball while helping to develop the physical, social and emotional needs of each player.
To develop spirit of fair play and sportsmanship for the betterment of youth sports
Remembering that these games are for the players, not the adults.
League DetailsThis league provides an opportunity for any student in grades 9-12 not playing on their school team to play basketball this winter. HS players can make their own teams however each team must have a qualified coach. Coaches must be 21, complete a volunteer coach’s application and are subject to a criminal background check. The coach will submit the roster to Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.org. Each player on the roster must be registered through the rec. All games and practices are weeknights (schedule TBD). All players and coaches must complete a Code of Conduct Form to participate in this league.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $350 ( covers cost of officials for season) SCHOLARSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE- For South Portland Residents Only, See linked scholarship application below.Registration Deadline Friday December 6th! Pre-Season MeetingAll coaches are REQUIRED to attendDate:Monday December 9th Time:5:45pm-6:45pm Location: SPCC Casco Bay RoomBrianne Maloney bmaloney@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball League - High School Rec Basketball League- Outside Organization
REGISTRATION IS CLOSED FOR 2024-2025 League Philosophy South Portland Parks & Recreation runs a recreational High School aged basketball league for players in the Southern Maine community. The main purpose of this league is to provide a safe environment where players have the opportunity to participate in a competitive program. In addition to the league rules, we feel strongly that all players should have the chance to participate, and that player development, not winning, should be the ultimate goal.The objective of this league from a recreational standpoint shall be:
To instruct players in the rules, techniques and principles of basketball while helping to develop the physical, social and emotional needs of each player.
To develop spirit of fair play and sportsmanship for the betterment of youth sports
Remembering that these games are for the players, not the adults.
League DetailsThis league provides an opportunity for any student in grades 9-12 not playing on their school team to play basketball this winter. HS players can make their own teams however each team must have a qualified coach. Coaches must be 21, complete a volunteer coach’s application and are subject to a criminal background check. The coach will submit the roster to Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.org. Each player on the roster must be registered through the rec. All games and practices are weeknights (schedule TBD). All players and coaches must complete a Code of Conduct Form to participate in this league.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $350 ( covers cost of officials for season) SCHOLARSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE- For South Portland Residents Only, See linked scholarship application below.Registration Deadline Friday December 6th! Pre-Season MeetingAll coaches are REQUIRED to attendDate:Monday December 9th Time:5:45pm-6:45pm Location: SPCC Casco Bay RoomBrianne Maloney bmaloney@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 6:30pm (group 1)
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 6:30pm (group 2)
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ RCC Evening Winter 2025
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday January 15, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ Redbank (Beginners Only)
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Wednesday at 9am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:15 AM
|
GENTLE YOGA - Gentle Yoga Winter 1
Whether it's your first time or you've been taking yoga for years, this class will meet you right where you are. Martha emphasizes safe and effective alignment principles as she leads you through a sequence of yoga postures connecting the breath with body movement. Her goal for every class is that you leave feeling stronger, more flexible, balanced and happy!Min 5/ Max 25
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
MEXICAN TRAIN DOMINOS - MEXICAN TRAIN DOMINOS
Come learn and play this fun and exciting game of Mexican Train dominoes! It is a long game but so much fun!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH
Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Wednesdays at 9:30am
This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
BRIDGE - BRIDGE
Drop into the SPCC Senior Drop in Center Wednesday mornings from 9:30-11:30a.m. to play bridge. There will be someone around to help beginners/novice players if needed. (No Lessons). You must have some idea how to play the game, however, our volunteer John is more than willing to help you out!
|
|
|
|
|
10:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Beginner Line Dancing - Beginner Line Dancing Winter 1
Join our beginner line dancing classes! Learn the basics step-by-step in a fun, supportive atmosphere. No partner needed. Get ready to groove to different music styles and feel confident hitting the dance floor!Instructor: Linda PetersNo senior Discount
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
COFFEE WITH A COP - COFFEE WITH A COP
Coffee with a cop is designed to improve trust, breakdown barriers and build relationships, one cup of coffee at a time. This provides an opportunity for community members and South Portland Police Officers to come together and discuss issues, ask questions and learn more about one another. Join Officer Erin Curry and other South Portland Police Officers from the South Portland Police Department for coffee and conversation. Registration is required.
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Facilities Staff Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team Boys BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:15 PM
|
Rhythmic Gymnastics - Rhythmic Gymnastics: January- Wednesdays
Inspiring the next generation of gymnasts.In Rhythmic Gymnastics, We aim to build a strong body and spark your curiosity while inspiring you to discover your talents. This Program will shape your young ladies into Strong, passionate, and disciplined women. We are dedicated to helping every child to have the opportunity to reach their goals and maximum potential in this sport.Our Mission goes far beyond gymnastics – We strive to create a healthy and positive environment for families and individuals to come and grow. We aim to inspire a new generation of gymnasts to work on their balance, flexibility,and body control while developing their confidence and self-esteem.The 5 Benefits of Rhythmic Gymnastics are:1. Team Building2. Proprioception Influence3. Reduce stress and pressure4. Builds Confidence5. GritClasses will run for 1 hour and fifteenMeet the talented and award-winning instructor, Asya Vinokur; who will show you how to move and express yourself with Rhythm and Grace!Hi there! My name is Asya Vinokur and I am a former elite-level competitive national gymnast who has won numerous medals and titles throughout the tri-state area of New York and surrounding states. I am proud to say that I have taken home titles such as N.Y. State champion, and Regional champion, and consistently stayed in the top 3 rankings for years.I have also qualified for Eastern/Western Opens and National Championships, ranking in the top 15 nationwide, which earned me elite-level status. Additionally, I have competed in invitational competitions nationwide during my 12-year career as a professional rhythmic gymnast.I was born in Belarus and came to the United States with my family at the age of 4. Growing up, I was born into a family of national team athletes, with my mother Valentina being a master of sport in equestrian riding and my father Dmitry being a master of sport for wrestling. I was born and raised in Brooklyn, NY, where I started practicing rhythmic gymnastics at the age of 6 and quickly progressed and excelled at the sport.Thank you for taking the time to learn a bit about me and Can’t wait to see you in class!Min 4/Max 10Scholarships available- Application linked below*No class on Monday, November 11th
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Hychko
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Rising Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Masters
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Nelson/ Piper 1/2 Boys Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Rip Tide Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
Rip Tide Swim Club is designed for swimmers ages 8 (by the start date) through 14 who are looking to build endurance and improve their stroke technique. this program will provide an introduction to competitive swimming in a fun and relaxed atmosphere. In order to join the RTSC a swimmer must have completed an evaluation and/or have approval from the head coach. Our goal is to inspire a love of the water and foster enjoyment of this life long sport. Please email questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.orgSwimmers who have not been involved with RTSC in the last year must attend the evaluation night or their registration will be removed.WINTER Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Project Grad meeting
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
SPLT Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 7-8) - 7-8th GRADE BASKETBALL
REGISTRATION IS CLOSED FOR 2024-2025 This informal program is designed to give middle school players an opportunity stay active this winter through games and scrimmages. South Portland plans to invite Gorham, Cape and other neighboring towns to schedule games against. The season will begin the second week of January and run through early March. Games will be played on weeknights, practices will be 1-2 times a week at SPCC or RBCC. League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $350 ( covers cost of officials for season) Registration Deadline Friday December 6th! Pre-Season Meeting All coaches are REQUIRED to attend Date:Thursday December 12th Time:5:00pm-6:00pm Location: SPCC Casco Bay RoomScholarships available- Application linked belowBrianne Maloney bmaloney@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 7-8) - 7-8th GRADE BASKETBALL- Outside Organization Team Registration
REGISTRATION IS CLOSED FOR 2024-2025 This informal program is designed to give middle school players an opportunity stay active this winter through games and scrimmages. South Portland plans to invite Gorham, Cape and other neighboring towns to schedule games against. The season will begin the second week of January and run through early March. Games will be played on weeknights, practices will be 1-2 times a week at SPCC or RBCC. League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $350 ( covers cost of officials for season) Registration Deadline Friday December 6th! Pre-Season Meeting All coaches are REQUIRED to attend Date:Thursday December 12th Time:5:00pm-6:00pm Location: SPCC Casco Bay RoomScholarships available- Application linked belowBrianne Maloney bmaloney@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shooting Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rip Tide PLUS Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
RIP TIDE PLUS is for Middle School age swimmers ONLY who can swim roughly 1200 meters per practice. Each practice is made up of roughly 50% conditioning and 50% technique work, so technique should be solid in all four competitive strokes prior to entering this group. Please email any questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.org
ALL Swimmers who did not participate in the RT PLUS program within the last year, must attend an Evaluation Night.SPRING Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shooting Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym - WEDNESDAYS
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday January 16, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 8AM
Strictly Strength August Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 22Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
QUIRKY THINGS - QUIRKY THINGS
Grab your coffee and donuts (provided) as we head out today to visit the closest to home quirky things we can find! We will find a pinecone made from shovels, a life sized chocolate moose, the world’s largest rotating globe and we will see an 800 pound 8 foot big foot! What else is there to do in this cold month of January? Bring cash for sweet purchases.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Thursdays at 9am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Thursday at 9am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:50 AM
|
Strictly Strength - Strictly Strength January 9AM
Strictly Strength August Strictly Strength is a small group strength training class utilizing free weights, body weight and resistance bands. This program allows for more one on one attention and more personalized exercises tailored to each participant. Min 5 / Max 22Instructor: Karen McCueBodyflex2011@gmail.com
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
CREATE & CHAT - CREATE & CHAT
Do you like to knit, sew, crochet? Do you enjoy watercolor painting? Please bring whatever you are working on and join fellow crafters/knitters/crocheters/painters (anything will do!) as we chat and share our ideas, tips and projects with each other. Stay for the entire time or come and go anytime you please! Bring a cushion!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH
Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Thursdays at 9:30am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Thursdays at 9:30am
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Unified Sports - Unified Sports Drop-in Program
Unified Sports Drop In ProgramNo Drop In - April 4This inclusive drop in program combines individuals with and without intellectual and physical disabilities to participate together in a variety of sports. Unified Sports is fun way to develop motor skills and teamwork while also fostering acceptance and creating new friendships among participants along the way. Basketball, pickleball, kickball, dodgeball, floor hockey, badminton, flag football, cornhole, soccer and more!Max of 30
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:15 AM
|
CORE STABILITY - CORE STABILITY - JANUARY
A resistance based Pilates inspired class. Focused on improving overall strength and mobility through core based movement. Suitable for all but will have mat floor work involved.
|
|
|
|
|
11:15 AM - 12:00 PM
|
CHAIR FIT - CHAIR FIT - JANUARY
Chair Fit is a great total body workout for everyone but perfect if you have trouble doing standing exercise. Cardio, strength and core all using a chair! No classes in August.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
CARDS - CARDS - THURSDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop in Center Monday and Thursday afternoons for a fun and informal time playing cards! Bring a partner, a few friends or come alone and join in the fun. Games groups currently play are Spite & Malice, Manipulation, Five Crowns, Sky-Jo, Samba, Hearts, Spades, Cribbage, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
HAND & FOOT - HAND & FOOT THURSDAYS
Drop in one or two afternoons a week to play Hand & Foot on Mondays & Thursdays in the Senior Drop In Center!
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team Boys BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
MainelyNP Wellness Series: Nurturing Health Through Knowledge - SMART Goal Setting for Health and Wellness
Introducing Amy Brown, a seasoned Nurse Practitioner with 15 years of experience. Amy holds a Bachelor's in Nursing from the University of Maine, a Master's in Nursing from the University of Southern Maine, and is board-certified by the American Academy of Nurse Practitioners. With expertise in primary care and lifestyle medicine, she provides comprehensive, patient-centered care and emphasizes preventive and health promotion strategies to improve overall well-being. Amy brings a wealth of knowledge to her role as a health education instructor at our community center. Her passion lies in empowering individuals to make informed health choices for a holistic and thriving lifestyle.Unlocking the Secrets of Quality Sleep Join us for an engaging and informative community health talk on the often underestimated yet vital topic of quality sleep. Led by Amy Brown, a Family Nurse Practitioner from South Portland with expertise in health promotion strategies. In this session we will dive into the science behind sleep, addressing common challenges, and offering simple yet effective tips for better sleep. Learn how prioritizing rest impacts overall well-being. Don't miss the opportunity to ask your own burning questions!Nurturing Radiant Skin for a Lifetime Uncover the secrets to radiant skin with Amy Brown, FNP-C. This will be an insightful session on the importance of routine skincare, tips for treating common skin conditions, and skin cancer prevention. Gain valuable tips on treating acne and preventing premature aging. Don't miss this opportunity to enhance your skin health and embrace a glowing, youthful complexion. Open to all – let's prioritize skin wellness together! Calm in the Chaos: Mastering Stress!Navigate the stress landscape with Nurse Practitioner Amy Brown. Understand the importance of stress management on your physical and mental health. We will unravel the science behind stress, identify common stressors, and provide you with actionable tips to find calm amidst chaos. Join us for a journey towards a balanced life with less daily stress– because you deserve tranquility!Simplifying Nutrition for a Vibrant You! Join us for an enlightening health talk focused on making nutrition simple and sustainable. Led by Amy Brown, FNP-C, this session is designed to explore the importance of good nutrition and understand the science behind a balanced diet on your health. We’ll address common nutrition pitfalls and empower you with easy, delicious, and practical habits that will transform your approach to eating for lifelong wellness!
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
Gray- 5/6 Boys Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Aloes
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! January
Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat. (Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Historical Society Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Thursdays at 6pm
OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Thursdays at 6pm
Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Thursdays at 6pm
OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Thursdays at 6pm
Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
Yoga: Mindful Movement - Yoga: Mindful Movement Winter 1
Yoga: Mindful MovementLet’s get strong, calm and connected! Liz Merci Yoga is a blend of meditation, deep breathing, gentle/restorative, vinyasa and hatha yoga expertly woven together to create a joyful journey on the yoga mat for all level of practitioners! Liz is known for her fun, creative, inspiring sequences that will guide you to connect to the body and make space for self-compassion. This class will help you build muscle, practice balance, and explore range of motion in major joints — all to a great playlist! This class is adaptable and accessible to all adults. About Liz: Liz is born and raised in Maine! She’s been practicing yoga for over 15 years and teaching since 2018. She has studied vinyasa yoga, trauma informed yoga, awakening yoga, meditation, Ayurveda, restorative yoga, mobility and functional movement. She loves to walk the green belt while listening to a podcast. She has her bachelor’s degree in public health from UMass Amherst and served in the Peace Corps!Meet Liz online : lizmerci.com
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Leagues - Thursday League - Winter 1
Adult Basketball League format8 regular season gamesPlayoffs 10 team seeded single elimination.5v5, 1 female and 1 male must be on the court for each teamRoster minimum of 8 players, max of 12 including 1 female and 1 male playerTwo - 20 minute halvesMen shots inside 3 point arc = 1 point, Outside arc = 2 pointsFemale shots inside 3 point arc = 2 points, Outside arc = 3 pointsRules are based off of the MPA rulesParticipants must be at least 18 years old and out of High school.Captains, once you register please email Whitney at wdorsett@southportland.orgwith your team name and roster. She will create your team in MyRec. FREE AGENTS - Please register under whichever night you would like to play. Please select the free agent group. Free agents will be placed on teams on a first come, first served basis. YOU MUST HAVE BOTH YOUR SOPO ACCOUNT GENERAL AND CANCEL EMAIL OPTIONS AT "YES" TO RECEIVE LEAGUE EMAILS.NEWThursday Winter League 2 - EXPRESS(4 weeks of regular season)
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Dobson
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Houlette
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 PM - 8:45 PM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - EVENING Class-Thursdays at 8pm
We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
Friday January 17, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons January Fridays
November Beginner Lessons Time ChangeFridays at 9aSundays at 11aThis program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improver Pickleball Lessons January Fridays
This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH
Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG FRIDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Drawing - Drawing Winter
Drawing is the logical first step to painting. If you are planning to paint in oils, acrylics, or watercolors, start at the beginning. Become comfortable making your own mark. This course introduces the fundamental elements of this all important skill. We will look deeper at: Line - Form - Value - Perspective.Supply ListMaterial ListSketch padEraserAssorted Soft to Hard Pencils: 6B - 4B -2B - HB - H - 2H - 4H
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
1:45 PM - 3:15 PM
|
SENIOR CORNHOLE - SENIOR CORNHOLE
Come join us to play Cornhole at the South Portland Community Center! Please try to pre-register before attending the program. Drop-ins always welcome! SEE NOTES, CALENDAR AND SCHEDULE FOR NO CORN HOLE DATES.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Karate Kids - Karate Kids-Winter 1
Students in this class will learn the basic strikes, blocks, kicks and stances used in karate training. This fundamental training also strengthens and prepares the body for the more difficult techniques ahead in one’s training. In addition to developing physical fitness, self-defense and safety skills, our karate program also helps your child build confidence, focus and respect for oneself and others.Instructor: Dragon Fire Martial ArtsMin 10/Max 25*No Class on November 29thScholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Greater Portland Christian BB Games
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday January 18, 2025
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball- Session 1
South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 9am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Saturdays at 9am
Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM
|
Start Smart Sports - Start Smart Basketball- Session 2
South Portland Rec will be offering 6 week sessions, each session focusing on a different sport. Lead by South Portland rec staff, we will be following the outline provided by Start Smart Sports, designed for children ages 3-5. What is Start Smart? Start Smart was developed by top motor skill development specialists in the field of youth sports. Parent-child groups perform motor skill tasks that gradually build confidence in children while they are having fun at the same time. Start Smart participants will develop proper motor skills without the threat of competition or the fear of getting hurt that will allow them to enjoy and succeed in their youth sports future!Min 6/Max 15Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Winter Art For Kids - Winter Art For Kids
In this four week program, we will celebrate winter by creating winter-themed art! We will make paper snowflakes, paper plate snowmen, wintry paintings, and more. min 5 /max 15Instructor: Lindsay Larsen
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: Boys
Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere. During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. Score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools.All practices and game schedules can be found below under additional forms and files. Our first games will be Saturday November 23rd, at The Community Center.Make up date if necessary will be Saturday Jan. 25th 2025 Registration CLOSED
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 1-2) - GRADES 1-2 REC BASKETBALL LEAGUE: GIRLS
Through practice, clinics and games, this in-house league will provide a safe and fun recreational experience for children in grades 1 and 2, emphasizing skill development and teamwork in a non-competitive atmosphere. During games, one coach from each team will join players on the floor to coach and help referee. Score will not be kept. Teams will practice 1 time a week in the evening at our elementary schools.All practices and game schedules can be found below under additional forms and files. Our first games will be Saturday November 23rd, at The Community Center.Make up date if necessary will be Saturday Jan. 25th 2025 Registration CLOSED
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Boys
Because of 5th grade being accepted into the new middle school it has had a trickle effect where we had to restructure all of our elementary basketball leagues. In effect, we have combined 3rd and 4th graders into one league.The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. Score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Teams will practice 1-2 times per week (space dependent) at local schools or SPCC. Practices will begin the week of November 11. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. Games will be played on Saturday mornings, a game schedule will be provided at the first practice. Make up date for any cancelled Saturday will be Saturday Feb 8th. Registration Deadline: October 29thInterested in Coaching please email bmaloney@southportland.org Mandatory Coaches Meeting: Wednesday, November 6th 6:30-7:15pm SPCC Casco Bay Room Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 3-4) - Grades 3-4 Rec Basketball: Girls
Because of 5th grade being accepted into the new middle school it has had a trickle effect where we had to restructure all of our elementary basketball leagues. In effect, we have combined 3rd and 4th graders into one league.The focus of this recreational basketball league will be to continue to develop basketball skills with a concentration on fundamentals, teamwork, sportsmanship and having fun. Score will be kept but not emphasized. Coaches are not permitted on the court during games. Teams will practice 1-2 times per week (space dependent) at local schools or SPCC. Practices will begin the week of November 11. Teams will be separated by gender and grade if numbers allow. Games will be played on Saturday mornings, a game schedule will be provided at the first practice. Make up date for any cancelled Saturday will be Saturday Feb 8th. Registration Deadline: October 29thInterested in Coaching please email bmaloney@southportland.org Mandatory Coaches Meeting: Wednesday, November 6th 6:30-7:15pm SPCC Casco Bay Room Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Saturdays at 9:30am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Saturdays at 9:30am
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturdays at 10am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 10am
OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Saturdays at 10am
OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Tiny Tykes Soccer Magic - Winter- Tiny Tykes: Cubs
Tiny Tykes is a new and exciting program run by Challenger Sports British Soccer Coaches that focuses on the development of children aged 2 – 5 years old. Challenger Sports International coaches are experts at working with young children and will combine soccer with fun games; stories and music that keeps your children entertained and enthused to return next week. Includes Tiny Tykes Uniform, size 2 ball.Instructor: Challenger Sports Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Saturdays at 10:30am
Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Beginner Soft Pastel - Beginner Soft Pastel: Streams and River
Beginner Soft Pastel: Birds: This five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to create realistic and interesting bird portraits using soft pastel, graphite, and charcoal. We trace printed photos of birds, which eliminates the need of drawing skills in the class.NEW START DATE OF OCTOBER 26Beginner Soft Pastel: The Winter in Soft PastelThis five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint winter landscapes. Beginner Soft Pastel: Streams and RiversThis five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint marshes, streams, and rivers with a focus on fun! No experience needed. We will be learning about value, composition, and color while enjoying the beauty of painting winding waterways in landscapes. Beginner Soft Pastel: Animals: This five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to create realistic and interesting animal portraits using soft pastel, graphite, and charcoal. We trace printed photos of animals, which eliminates the need of drawing skills in the class.Beginner Soft Pastel: Roadways in LandscapeThis five class series will teach beginner pastelists how to draw and paint paths and roads in landscapes.In addition, students will learn how to use pastels to achieve both a sketch and finished painting look. All classes will include step-by-step instructions. No experience needed. Supplies are included in class. Instructor: Joan Quinn
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Saturday at 11am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Saturdays at 11am
Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Tiny Tykes Soccer Magic - Winter- Tiny Tykes: Lions
Tiny Tykes is a new and exciting program run by Challenger Sports British Soccer Coaches that focuses on the development of children aged 2 – 5 years old. Challenger Sports International coaches are experts at working with young children and will combine soccer with fun games; stories and music that keeps your children entertained and enthused to return next week. Includes Tiny Tykes Uniform, size 2 ball.Instructor: Challenger Sports Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Saturdays at 11:30am
This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Challenger Sports Futsal - WINTER- Challengers Futsal
Challenger Sports is an organization of soccer educators who through their futsal program want to bring the flair and passion of Brazilian Soccer to North America.Many of Brazil's top soccer players grew up playing Futsal which helped them develop incredible foot skills and quick decision-making.The Challenger Futsal Coaches will help your players learn and practice these specialized skills along with teaching them about improvisation, creativity, ball control, and small space passing.Our program offers the perfect setting for long-term development! Many world-class footballers played Futsal in their youth and recognize the part it played on their journey.Players of the caliber of Pele, Zico, Ronaldinho, Neymar, Lionel Messi to name but a few of the South American legends all played and enjoyed Futsal.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 1:55 PM
|
Pool Party w/Activity Room (Bevins)
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Pool Party w/Activity Room (Bevins)
|
|
|
|
|
1:45 PM - 3:45 PM
|
Womens Semi Pro Football Practice
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Boys Lacrosse Clinic - Middle School Lacrosse Open Play
Youth Indoor Lacrosse3rd & 4th Grade Lacrosse Clinic:Youth Lacrosse Coach Ben Bettez will be holding two free clinics for all boys in grades 3 or 4. These two days will be focused on skills and drills as we prepare for the lacrosse season. 5th & 6th Grade Lacrosse Clinic: Youth Coach, Erick Giles will lead indoor lacrosse sessions in January through March for new and returning lacrosse players in grades 5 & 6. Sessions will emphasize skill development and playing small-sided games. Players should bring sneakers, athletic clothes, a water bottle, and a lacrosse stick (if possible). Sticks can be provided for new players. If you do not have your own lacrosse stick, please contact Coach Hanley (dan.hanley3@gmail.com).*3/4 Despite this being a free program, registrants must sign up in advance* Please Note: Dates have changed since the printing of the brochure.
|
|
|
|
|
Sunday January 19, 2025
|
|
8:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym - SUNDAYS
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:45 AM - 10:30 AM
|
HOOP MAGIC - Hoop Magic: K
This program is for boys and girls in grades K – 1. By rotating through stations, we will teach the children the basics in passing, dribbling, shooting, and defense. Participants will spend the majority of their time in stations learning the basic skills and will be wrapping up each station by playing fun games that help use the skills learned that day. Depending on numbers, sessions may need to be combined. Minimum of 12/maximum of 25. Cost includes a t-shirt.Instructors: SPHS Varsity Brianne Maloney along with SPHS basketball player volunteers.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Sundays at 10am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 10am
Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Level 3- Developing Swim Skills for Strength & Safety - Sundays at 10am
OBJECTIVE: To build on the fundamental skills (see Level 2) through guided practice and development of new strokesPrerequisites include: perform an unsupported float, glide on front and back, independent swimming on front and back for a minimum of 15 meters, and the ability to roll from front to back float and back to front swim. The child must feel confident in deep water and have passed the Shallow Water Swim Test. Skills introduced include: front crawl with rhythmic breathing, back crawl, rotary breathing, butterfly kick and body motion, sitting/kneeling dives, elementary backstroke coordination, introduction of breaststroke, and treading water. Students will build endurance in this level. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST pass the SoPo DEEP WATER SWIM TEST which is the ability to jump into deep water, surface to float/tread for 15-30 sec, swim (in any capacity) one length of the pool, going underwater at least one more time.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Pickleball - Beginner Lessons - Beginner Pickleball Lessons January Sundays
November Beginner Lessons Time ChangeFridays at 9aSundays at 11aThis program is designed to help you get off the couch and on to a pickleball court near you. Come learn from a veteran racket sport instructor, David Cousins. David will teach participants the basic rules and skills of pickleball. This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with other beginner and advanced beginner players.Items to Bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson.TRUE BEGINNERS ONLY.Pre-registration is required. No Senior Discount available.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Family Swim Lessons (an adult w/ one child) - Sundays at 10:30am
These classes are for parents/care givers and their 9mo-3yo children** (by the start of the program). In this playful networking class, parents and children learn together to increase the child's comfort in the water and build a foundation of basic skills. Skills will include arm and leg movements and breath control. This level is fun-filled and helps introduce water safety concepts and encourages a healthy recreational habit that the entire family can enjoy.Younger babies will focus on water introduction with songs, and skills based activities focused on acclimating younger children to swim lessons, being safe in the water and enjoying it! Babies must be able to sit up on their own and hold their heads up easily to gain the most benefit from this class!Older toddlers will focus on swim skills, safety components in and around the water, as well as providing fun activities/songs/games that can be translated to practicing at home, in pools or in open water. Please plan to have just one adult in the water with each child. This will help us give one another as much space as possible in the pool. ** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. We have made accommodations for children up to 5yo in this class under certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
|
10:45 AM - 11:30 AM
|
HOOP MAGIC - Hoop Magic: 1st
This program is for boys and girls in grades K – 1. By rotating through stations, we will teach the children the basics in passing, dribbling, shooting, and defense. Participants will spend the majority of their time in stations learning the basic skills and will be wrapping up each station by playing fun games that help use the skills learned that day. Depending on numbers, sessions may need to be combined. Minimum of 12/maximum of 25. Cost includes a t-shirt.Instructors: SPHS Varsity Brianne Maloney along with SPHS basketball player volunteers.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Sundays at 11am
This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Level 1-Introduction to Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 11am
OBJECTIVE: To help students feel comfortable in the water and learn how to enjoy the water safely. Prerequisites Include: there are no specific prerequisites for this level, other than the participant must be a minimum of 6yo. For many students, this may be their first experience with formal swim lessons.Skills introduced include: Basic water safety rules, submerging mouth, nose, and eyes, swimming on front and back using underwater pulling actions and kicking, using a prone body position, exhaling underwater, and floating on back. This level may utilize bubble floatation belts.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Pickleball - Improvers Lessons - Improvers Pickleball Lessons January Sundays
This 4-day program is structured for you to gain the confidence to get on the court with advanced beginners and other improving players. Work on your Pickleball skills with Coach Dave! This program is intended for those who have already completed our Beginner Lessons, or those who have the fundamentals of Pickleball already down and are looking to bring themselves to the next level. Items to bring: Sneakers (non-street shoes), water bottle, comfortable clothes, and pickleball paddle. There will be basic paddles available for use during the lesson. No senior discount.Fridays - Min 8 / Max 12.Sundays and Wednesdays – Min 10 / Max 24.Instructor: Dave Cousins, IPF Certified Pickleball Coach, PPR Certified Pickleball Coach, PTR Certified Professional, USPTA Elite Professional
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
80th birthday party
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sundays at 11:30am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Sundays at 12pm
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Level 2 Fundamental Aquatic Skills - Sundays at 12pm
Level 2: Fundamentals of SwimmingOBJECTIVE: To give students success with fundamental aquatic skills to remain safe. Prerequisites include: ability to fully and comfortably submerge face, float on back with minimal assistance, swim a short distance independently, and demonstrate safe water entries and exits. Skills introduced include: Front & back glides, “bobbing”/submerging head, rolling over from front to back for safety, swimming using front crawl and elementary backstroke action. Some classes may use floatation for support. Students will explore the deep end of the pool. In order to pass out of this level, students MUST be comfortable in deep water and MUST pass the SoPo SHALLOW WATER SWIM TEST. This is defined as the ability to enter the shallow water, dunk under, stay afloat to swim (in any capacity) half the length of the pool (roughly 12.5 meters) to end with a 30 sec tread or float in shallow water that is above their head.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM
|
Level 4-Building Endurance and Technique - Sundays at 12pm
Level 4: Building Endurance and TechniqueOBJECTIVE: To learn new strokes, refine the basics (see level 3) to be a confident and strong swimmerPrerequisites include: ability to perform front crawl stroke with rotary breathing for a minimum of 25 meters, elementary backstroke for a minimum of 25 meters, and ability to tread water and knowledge of the basics of breaststroke and butterfly body positioning. Students must have passed the DEEP END SWIM TEST in order to be in level 4.Skills introduced include: Bilateral breathing with freestyle, swimming drills, endurance building, coordinated breaststroke, butterfly kicks and arms, mastering open turns, standing dives, and surface dives, flip turns for freestyle and backstroke, use of a pace clock while swimming sets, competitive swim starts, and the use of recovery strokes.
|
|
|
|
|
12:15 PM - 1:45 PM
|
Youth Open Gym (Prek-Gr. 12)
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 1:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Sundays at 12:30pm
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 3:45 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball Over 30 - SUNDAYS
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 3:45 PM
|
Youth Baseball Clinics - Youth Baseball Clinics: S1
Hone your baseball skills with Little League in preparation for next season. Age-specific skills will be taught in each session. Min 12/Max 25Minimum Age: Participants must be turning 9 years old by September 1, 2025.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
3:45 PM - 4:45 PM
|
Youth Baseball Clinics - Youth Baseball Clinics: S2
Hone your baseball skills with Little League in preparation for next season. Age-specific skills will be taught in each session. Min 12/Max 25Minimum Age: Participants must be turning 9 years old by September 1, 2025.Scholarships available- Application linked below
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:30 PM
|
Adult Swim Lessons-for Beginners - Winter Session-Group 1 at 4pm
We are offering Beginner Swim Lessons for Adult Swimmers (for ages 14+). These skill-appropriate classes are offered to promote comfort and fundamentals while working through stroke development and proficiency. Beginners will focus on basics such as getting comfortable in the water, front and back floats, treading water, and introductory strokes. We will strive for efficiency in the water, the ability to create your own workout, and the comfort to swim laps at your own pace.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Adult Volleyball Open Gym - Volleyball Drop in @ SPCC
SOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS SUNDAYS October 6 - December 274:00 PM – 6:00 PMCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Adult Swim Lessons-for Beginners - Winter Session-Group 2 at 4:30pm
We are offering Beginner Swim Lessons for Adult Swimmers (for ages 14+). These skill-appropriate classes are offered to promote comfort and fundamentals while working through stroke development and proficiency. Beginners will focus on basics such as getting comfortable in the water, front and back floats, treading water, and introductory strokes. We will strive for efficiency in the water, the ability to create your own workout, and the comfort to swim laps at your own pace.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - WEEKEND Class-Sundays at 5pm
We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Volleyball Rental
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday January 21, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
Stroke Refinement Clinic-Advanced Adult Swim Lessons - MORNING Class-Tuesdays at 8am
We are excited to offer a course for adults (age 14+) who are training for triathlons, swim races, competitive events or who are simply looking to become stronger lap swimmers. This course will meet once a week under the guidance of our top instructors and coaches. This course will aim to get athletes in swimming shape by building endurance, utilizing drill work to refine competitive strokes, swimming directed sets and learning tips on how to swim efficiently. This is a course that no advanced swimmer wants to miss out on! PRE-REQUISITES: participants MUST be able to swim a minimum of 75 meters (three pool lengths) with your face IN the water using basic rotary breathing and be able to float on your back with ease. Please bring goggles and a swim cap to every lesson. We will supply any other equipment needed.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
American Red Cross Blood Drive
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 9am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH
Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Tuesdays at 9:30am
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
POP - Preschool Open Play - POP - Preschool Open Play
Looking for ways to get some energy out and meet new families in the community? Drop in to our POP program and have some fun with your child/family. We will provide the equipment and activity space! Parents/guardians must supervise their child at all times. This is a drop in program. Please pay the supervisor at the start of each day.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 2:00 PM
|
Staff Training
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Storytime - Redbank Storytime
The South Portland Youth Librarians will be hosting story and song time at Redbank Community Center on Tuesdays. The librarians will be reading stories and leading fun family songs. This program is free. If you have an questions about the program please reach out to Jessica Milton at jmilton@southportland.org.Also on Tuesdays from 9am to 11am at Redbank we also host a preschool open play (POP) program in the gym. This program is $4 for South Portland resident families and $5 for Non-Resident families. You may leave and return to the POP program to attend storytime.Children 12 years of age and younger must be accompanied by an adult.No Program on Federal Holidays
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
MAH JONGG - MAH JONGG TUESDAYS
Drop in to the Senior Drop In Center on Tuesday afternoons or Friday mornings to play Mah Jongg. You may bring your own Mah Jongg set or we have a few available. PLEASE BRING YOUR OWN CARD – WE DO NOT PROVIDE CARDS.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Vitality T'ai Chi for Seniors - T'ai Chi Tuesdays - T'AI CHI TUESDAYS - JANUARY
This program incorporates “T’ai Chi Moving for Better Balance”, an 8 posture standing form, with elements of Musical T’ai Chi which uses periods of seated movement; both practices will be integrated by learning the Great Breathing technique from Shaolin & Chinese Medicine. The musical background will be calming, peaceful and yet invigorating as the play element in T’ai Chi will be emphasized. Instructor, Michael Elliott is a 49 year practitioner.Tuesdays T'ai Chi is held two Tuesdays a month offered on the dates listed.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team Boys BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
7th & 8th Grade Rec Basketball Practice- Jenisch
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Twinkling Stars-Toddler Team
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:50 PM
|
Mix it Up! - Mix it Up! January
Mix it up! is a co-ed group strength training class utilizing various methods of training as well as a variety of exercises and equipment. The class is designed for all ages and all fitness levels. On Tuesdays, we kick up the intensity a little bit and incorporate interval training. Thursday’s focus is on total body strength training. Mix it Up! is easy to follow and will make you sweat. (Maximum of 25) Please note this adult class will only allow a 10% Senior Discount.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 8:45 PM
|
Republican meeting
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 2-Fundamentals of Safe Swimming - Tuesdays at 6pm
Mini 2 is designed for those 3-5 year old children who have passed Mini I or can demonstrate (at the first class) a higher level of ability and comfort in the water. Mini 2 students must be able to put their faces in the water comfortably, swim with minimal assistance/floatation for short distance and float on their back with minimal support before entering the class. In this class, students will concentrate on more endurance swimming with proper body positioning, learning to swim on their backs, rhythmic breathing, and rolling over for safety. Skills at this level are performed with instructor assistance/floatation aids, with a goal of moving towards independent swimming. In order to pass into Mini 3, students must be able to swim a short distance on their front and back with NO support/floatation, and roll over to a float with ease. Students must also have a clear understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Mini Swimmers 3-Development of Swimming Strokes - Tuesdays at 6pm
Mini 3 is designed for children ages 3-5, and is built on the skills learned in Mini 1 & 2. Instructors will provide additional guided practice of basic aquatic skills with a goal of gaining more proficiency with swimming at greater distances with varied strokes. Skills taught at this level will include: streamlined blast offs, front crawl with rhythmic breathing and proper body positioning, elementary backstroke arms, the ability to roll over to swim greater distances and for safety, back floating, as well as sitting/kneeling dives. A good portion of this class will be spent in deeper water with a focus on safety skills. When these students turn 6 years old and enter Progressive Youth Swim Lessons, they may be recommended to go to Level 2 or 3, based on their skill set, comfort in deep water and their full understanding of pool safety rules and willingness to pay attention and participate in the class.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Tuesdays at 6pm
This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shimmering Stars-Unified Inclusive Team
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball League - High School Rec Basketball League
REGISTRATION IS CLOSED FOR 2024-2025 League Philosophy South Portland Parks & Recreation runs a recreational High School aged basketball league for players in the Southern Maine community. The main purpose of this league is to provide a safe environment where players have the opportunity to participate in a competitive program. In addition to the league rules, we feel strongly that all players should have the chance to participate, and that player development, not winning, should be the ultimate goal.The objective of this league from a recreational standpoint shall be:
To instruct players in the rules, techniques and principles of basketball while helping to develop the physical, social and emotional needs of each player.
To develop spirit of fair play and sportsmanship for the betterment of youth sports
Remembering that these games are for the players, not the adults.
League DetailsThis league provides an opportunity for any student in grades 9-12 not playing on their school team to play basketball this winter. HS players can make their own teams however each team must have a qualified coach. Coaches must be 21, complete a volunteer coach’s application and are subject to a criminal background check. The coach will submit the roster to Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.org. Each player on the roster must be registered through the rec. All games and practices are weeknights (schedule TBD). All players and coaches must complete a Code of Conduct Form to participate in this league.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $350 ( covers cost of officials for season) SCHOLARSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE- For South Portland Residents Only, See linked scholarship application below.Registration Deadline Friday December 6th! Pre-Season MeetingAll coaches are REQUIRED to attendDate:Monday December 9th Time:5:45pm-6:45pm Location: SPCC Casco Bay RoomBrianne Maloney bmaloney@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball League - High School Rec Basketball League- Outside Organization
REGISTRATION IS CLOSED FOR 2024-2025 League Philosophy South Portland Parks & Recreation runs a recreational High School aged basketball league for players in the Southern Maine community. The main purpose of this league is to provide a safe environment where players have the opportunity to participate in a competitive program. In addition to the league rules, we feel strongly that all players should have the chance to participate, and that player development, not winning, should be the ultimate goal.The objective of this league from a recreational standpoint shall be:
To instruct players in the rules, techniques and principles of basketball while helping to develop the physical, social and emotional needs of each player.
To develop spirit of fair play and sportsmanship for the betterment of youth sports
Remembering that these games are for the players, not the adults.
League DetailsThis league provides an opportunity for any student in grades 9-12 not playing on their school team to play basketball this winter. HS players can make their own teams however each team must have a qualified coach. Coaches must be 21, complete a volunteer coach’s application and are subject to a criminal background check. The coach will submit the roster to Brianne Maloney at bmaloney@southportland.org. Each player on the roster must be registered through the rec. All games and practices are weeknights (schedule TBD). All players and coaches must complete a Code of Conduct Form to participate in this league.League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $350 ( covers cost of officials for season) SCHOLARSHIPS ARE AVAILABLE- For South Portland Residents Only, See linked scholarship application below.Registration Deadline Friday December 6th! Pre-Season MeetingAll coaches are REQUIRED to attendDate:Monday December 9th Time:5:45pm-6:45pm Location: SPCC Casco Bay RoomBrianne Maloney bmaloney@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 6:30pm (group 1)
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Tuesday at 6:30pm (group 2)
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 8:30 PM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ RCC Evening Winter 2025
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday January 22, 2025
|
|
7:30 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ SPCC
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Adult Pickleball Open Gym - Pickleball Open Gym @ Redbank (Beginners Only)
We offer the community a variety of days to drop in and play pickleball.South Portland Community Center (6 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 40 players at one time.
Redbank Community Center (3 courts playing doubles) - MAX OF 24 players at one time.2024-2025 PROGRAM DATESMONDAYS and WEDNESDAYS (True Beginners Only)Dates: Mondays and Wednesdays, Nov. 13 – Dec 20 Time: 8:00 AM – 11:00 AM Location: Redbank Community Center MONDAYS – FRIDAYS Dates: Sept. 30 – Dec 20 (No open gym 10/14, 10/22, 11/5, 11/6, 11/11, 11/28, 11/29) Time: 7:30 AM – 11:00 AM Location: South Portland Community CenterCOST (MUST SHOW ID each visit) $4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident $1.00 - Active and Veteran Military Open Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Mini Swimmer 1-Intro to Water Basics - Wednesday at 9am
For children 3-5 years old, this is an introductory stage in aquatic development. We take a playful approach to learning water safety and swimming basics. Many children who take this class are brand new to swimming instruction. Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards self-sufficiency in the water. Instructors will utilize a variety of teaching techniques all aimed at repeated practice of foundational swimming skills (floating, paddling, gliding etc) with the aided use of floatation/training devices. This class will maintain a 1:5 (instructor : student) ratio, whenever possible. Students are in the water with the instructor only, while a lifeguard is on duty near the class. We do not allow family members to enter the water with their child. In order to pass out of this level into Mini 2, students must be able to get their faces wet comfortably, swim on their front with minimal assistance/floatation and float or swim on their back with minimal assistance. Students must also have a basic understanding of pool safety rules and be willing participants in the class.** PLEASE NOTE...If you child is older than 3 years, but has never had formal swim lessons, please talk to the pool staff about which class is best for their first time in swim lessons. It is not necessarily THIS class..
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:15 AM
|
GENTLE YOGA - Gentle Yoga Winter 1
Whether it's your first time or you've been taking yoga for years, this class will meet you right where you are. Martha emphasizes safe and effective alignment principles as she leads you through a sequence of yoga postures connecting the breath with body movement. Her goal for every class is that you leave feeling stronger, more flexible, balanced and happy!Min 5/ Max 25
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
MEXICAN TRAIN DOMINOS - MEXICAN TRAIN DOMINOS
Come learn and play this fun and exciting game of Mexican Train dominoes! It is a long game but so much fun!
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM
|
CALL FOR ARTISTS OF THE MONTH - CALL FOR ARTIST OF THE MONTH
Here is an opportunity to display your art at the SPCC Senior Drop-In Center! We are accepting drawings, paintings photography, fabric art and mixed media flat works from a different artist each month. Display equipment will be provided. To be considered for this opportunity, request an application from Judy Tourangeau at the Senior Drop-In Center, or by email: jtourangeau@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Pre-Mini Swimmers: A Transition from Family Lessons into Mini Swimmer Lessons - Wednesdays at 9:30am
This class is for children 2.5-4 years old, and is a transitional stage in aquatic development from having lessons WITH a family member (like Family Lessons) to entering into a class taught by the instructor only (like Mini 1). Our goal is to provide quality, positive instruction in a safe environment where non-swimmers can work towards being in a class working towards class independence. Parents will be IN the water for the first few classes, will be partially in the water for a few classes and will be OUT of the water by the last few classes. The instructor will advise on how this works from one class to the next. Concepts that will be worked on during each swim lesson: confidence and independence while partaking in a class, willingness to use floatation aids (bubble belts and barbells) and a readiness to learn in a small group setting. Students will learn to get their faces wet by blowing bubbles, pushing off the wall, jumps/plops, floating, basic front and back swimming. Students will also gain a basic understanding of pool safety rules. Max: 6 children WITH their adult
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
|
STAY SAFE! AGE FRIENDLY ADAPTATIONS TO MAKE IN YOUR HOME - STAY SAFE! AGE FRIENDLY ADAPTATIONS TO MAKE IN OUR HOME
Presenter: Kathy Adams, retired Occupational TherapistIt may be time to think about adapting your home so you can stay there longer, safer and independently. Modifying your home may be easier than you think. Senior center volunteer Kathy Adams will go through the aspects of how to assess your home and present many options for modifications. She will share resources to help you and show many types of adaptive devices that can be useful in your home.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
BRIDGE - BRIDGE
Drop into the SPCC Senior Drop in Center Wednesday mornings from 9:30-11:30a.m. to play bridge. There will be someone around to help beginners/novice players if needed. (No Lessons). You must have some idea how to play the game, however, our volunteer John is more than willing to help you out!
|
|
|
|
|
10:45 AM - 11:45 AM
|
Beginner Line Dancing - Beginner Line Dancing Winter 1
Join our beginner line dancing classes! Learn the basics step-by-step in a fun, supportive atmosphere. No partner needed. Get ready to groove to different music styles and feel confident hitting the dance floor!Instructor: Linda PetersNo senior Discount
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 1:30 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym Basketball 18+ - LUNCH TIME T,W,F
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|
|
2:15 PM - 6:00 PM
|
TEEN CENTER AT REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER - Teen Center - 2024-2025
Our Objective: To Provide Middle School and High School aged students with a fun and safe place to spend their time after school. In an environment that is free of violence and intimidation. A space that encourages the development of the social an emotional growth amongst the Teen Center Members.What is Teen Center all about? The Teen Center is located in the Redbank Community Center. It is open to any student in grades 6th through 12th that resides in South Portland. Teens have access to a full sized gym, a kitchen and an activity room filled with art supplies, foosball, video games and other games. During the first few hours of Teen Center, there is space and staff there to help with homework and overall school work. The Teen Center is a free drop-in program. All participants are required to register each school year. Parents and Teens are to sign and agree to the Teen Center Code of Conduct policy. These forms are available online in Spanish, French, Portuguese and English. The forms are also available at the South Portland Community Center and Redbank Community Center. We thank you for looking into the Teen Center program and hope to see your Teen join for all the fun and inviting environment where they can thrive. Hours of operation (School Year) September 3rd, 2024 through June 13th, 2025. Monday through Friday from 2:15pm to 6:00pm. Schedule is subject to change at any time. Stay in touch with the latest updates, schedules and special events by looking at our Monthly News Letter and liking “South Portland Parks and Recreation on Facebook”. Address: 95 MacArthur Circle West, South Portland ME 04016 Teen Center Number: (207)-347-4145 Please look at the monthly calendar for hours of operation changes during the school year. All participants MUST have a completed Teen Center Code of Conduct Form on file.
|
|
|
|
|
2:45 PM - 4:15 PM
|
SPHS First Team Boys BB Practice
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
SPHS Swim & Dive Team
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:15 PM
|
Rhythmic Gymnastics - Rhythmic Gymnastics: January- Wednesdays
Inspiring the next generation of gymnasts.In Rhythmic Gymnastics, We aim to build a strong body and spark your curiosity while inspiring you to discover your talents. This Program will shape your young ladies into Strong, passionate, and disciplined women. We are dedicated to helping every child to have the opportunity to reach their goals and maximum potential in this sport.Our Mission goes far beyond gymnastics – We strive to create a healthy and positive environment for families and individuals to come and grow. We aim to inspire a new generation of gymnasts to work on their balance, flexibility,and body control while developing their confidence and self-esteem.The 5 Benefits of Rhythmic Gymnastics are:1. Team Building2. Proprioception Influence3. Reduce stress and pressure4. Builds Confidence5. GritClasses will run for 1 hour and fifteenMeet the talented and award-winning instructor, Asya Vinokur; who will show you how to move and express yourself with Rhythm and Grace!Hi there! My name is Asya Vinokur and I am a former elite-level competitive national gymnast who has won numerous medals and titles throughout the tri-state area of New York and surrounding states. I am proud to say that I have taken home titles such as N.Y. State champion, and Regional champion, and consistently stayed in the top 3 rankings for years.I have also qualified for Eastern/Western Opens and National Championships, ranking in the top 15 nationwide, which earned me elite-level status. Additionally, I have competed in invitational competitions nationwide during my 12-year career as a professional rhythmic gymnast.I was born in Belarus and came to the United States with my family at the age of 4. Growing up, I was born into a family of national team athletes, with my mother Valentina being a master of sport in equestrian riding and my father Dmitry being a master of sport for wrestling. I was born and raised in Brooklyn, NY, where I started practicing rhythmic gymnastics at the age of 6 and quickly progressed and excelled at the sport.Thank you for taking the time to learn a bit about me and Can’t wait to see you in class!Min 4/Max 10Scholarships available- Application linked below*No class on Monday, November 11th
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Hychko
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Rising Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
High School Rec Basketball Practice- Masters
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Nelson/ Piper 1/2 Boys Basketball Practice
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Rip Tide Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
Rip Tide Swim Club is designed for swimmers ages 8 (by the start date) through 14 who are looking to build endurance and improve their stroke technique. this program will provide an introduction to competitive swimming in a fun and relaxed atmosphere. In order to join the RTSC a swimmer must have completed an evaluation and/or have approval from the head coach. Our goal is to inspire a love of the water and foster enjoyment of this life long sport. Please email questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.orgSwimmers who have not been involved with RTSC in the last year must attend the evaluation night or their registration will be removed.WINTER Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 7-8) - 7-8th GRADE BASKETBALL
REGISTRATION IS CLOSED FOR 2024-2025 This informal program is designed to give middle school players an opportunity stay active this winter through games and scrimmages. South Portland plans to invite Gorham, Cape and other neighboring towns to schedule games against. The season will begin the second week of January and run through early March. Games will be played on weeknights, practices will be 1-2 times a week at SPCC or RBCC. League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $350 ( covers cost of officials for season) Registration Deadline Friday December 6th! Pre-Season Meeting All coaches are REQUIRED to attend Date:Thursday December 12th Time:5:00pm-6:00pm Location: SPCC Casco Bay RoomScholarships available- Application linked belowBrianne Maloney bmaloney@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Basketball (Grades 7-8) - 7-8th GRADE BASKETBALL- Outside Organization Team Registration
REGISTRATION IS CLOSED FOR 2024-2025 This informal program is designed to give middle school players an opportunity stay active this winter through games and scrimmages. South Portland plans to invite Gorham, Cape and other neighboring towns to schedule games against. The season will begin the second week of January and run through early March. Games will be played on weeknights, practices will be 1-2 times a week at SPCC or RBCC. League Details- Outside Organizations Outside organizations registering a team must provide a certificate of liability of insurance. If you choose to register as an outside organization you will be responsible for supplying your team with jerseys, finding your own practice time, and completing a fee of $350 ( covers cost of officials for season) Registration Deadline Friday December 6th! Pre-Season Meeting All coaches are REQUIRED to attend Date:Thursday December 12th Time:5:00pm-6:00pm Location: SPCC Casco Bay RoomScholarships available- Application linked belowBrianne Maloney bmaloney@southportland.org
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shooting Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
Rip Tide PLUS Swim Club - Winter '24-'25 Session
RIP TIDE PLUS is for Middle School age swimmers ONLY who can swim roughly 1200 meters per practice. Each practice is made up of roughly 50% conditioning and 50% technique work, so technique should be solid in all four competitive strokes prior to entering this group. Please email any questions to Coach Mike Blanchard at mblanchard@southportland.org
ALL Swimmers who did not participate in the RT PLUS program within the last year, must attend an Evaluation Night.SPRING Session Evaluation: Wednesday, April 2nd at 6pm
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
South Portland Fire Cheering - Shooting Stars
South Portland Fire – Competitive Cheerleading South Portland Fire is a competitive youth cheer program open to all children who live in or attend school in South Portland. We welcome athletes with all abilities on our teams with no skill requirements and are offering a Unified team this year which will be our only team open to residents of other towns! Athletes will receive instruction and training in dance, jumps, stunting, tumbling, teamwork, and leadership. This is a competitive team-based sport. When athletes register, the expectation is they attend all practices and all competitions. For more information or any questions please email Tracy at tracy.bissonnette@gmail.com. Dates and Day of week: November 2024 – March 2025 *NEW* Shimmering (Unified) Stars (Ages 8 and up including all adults) - Registration CLOSEDOpen to residents of all towns with special needs (all other teams accept only athletes who live or attend school in South Portland)Tuesdays 6:00-6:30pm. Will exhibition at two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 *NEW* Twinkling (Toddler) Stars (Ages 3–Pre-K) - Registration CLOSEDTuesdays 5:00-5:30pm. Will compete in two competitions. Min 5/Max 10 Rising Stars (Grades K-2) - Wednesdays 5:30-7:00PM Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shooting Stars (Grades 3-4) - Monday 5:30-7pm; Wednesday 7:00-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Shining Stars (Grades 5-6) - Tuesday/Thursday 5:30-6:45pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Super Stars (Grades 7-8) - Tuesday/Thursday 6:30-8pm. Max 20 - Registration CLOSED Athletes in grades 2, 4, and 6 may be asked to move up on teams based on tumbling skills - Mandatory Parent Meeting: Monday October 7thShimmering – 5:00-5:45pmTwinkling/Rising – 5:45-6:30pmShooting/Shining/Super – 6:30-7:15pm Tentative 2025 Competition Schedule 2/7/25 – Friends and Family Performance @ SPCC2/15/25 –Cheers from the Heart @ Sanford High School3/1/54 – Shine Bright Invitational @ Gray New Gloucester High School3/15/25 – Fire Invitational @ South Portland High School3/29/25 – MYCCA Maine Cheer Classic – TBD
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Adult Basketball Open Gym - Adult Open Gym - WEDNESDAYS
DROP IN PROGRAMS will start up again October 2024 REDBANK COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONWEDNESDAYS October 2 - December 187:00 PM - 9:00 PMSUNDAYS (ages 40+)October 6 - December 278:00 AM -9:30 AMSOUTH PORTLAND COMMUNITY CENTER OPEN GYMS30 PERSON MAX EACH SESSIONSUNDAYS (Over 30)October 6 - December 272:00 PM – 3:45 PM TUESDAYSOctober 1 - December 17 (No drop in Nov. 5)11:30 AM – 1:30 PM WEDNESDAYSOctober 2 - December 1811:30 AM – 1:30 PM FRIDAYSOctober 4 - December 2711:30 AM – 1:30 PM COST (MUST SHOW ID each visit)$4.00 - South Portland Residents $5.00 - Non-Resident$1.00 - Active and Veteran MilitaryOpen Gym Frequent User Passes are available at the South Portland Community Center front desk.
|
|
|
|